| Copyright | (c) 2013-2023 Brendan Hay |
|---|---|
| License | Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. |
| Maintainer | Brendan Hay |
| Stability | auto-generated |
| Portability | non-portable (GHC extensions) |
| Safe Haskell | Safe-Inferred |
| Language | Haskell2010 |
Amazonka.Redshift
Contents
- Service Configuration
- Errors
- AccessToClusterDeniedFault
- AccessToSnapshotDeniedFault
- AuthenticationProfileAlreadyExistsFault
- AuthenticationProfileNotFoundFault
- AuthenticationProfileQuotaExceededFault
- AuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault
- AuthorizationNotFoundFault
- AuthorizationQuotaExceededFault
- BatchDeleteRequestSizeExceededFault
- BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsLimitExceededFault
- BucketNotFoundFault
- ClusterAlreadyExistsFault
- ClusterNotFoundFault
- ClusterOnLatestRevisionFault
- ClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault
- ClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault
- ClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault
- ClusterQuotaExceededFault
- ClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault
- ClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault
- ClusterSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault
- ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault
- ClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault
- ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceededFault
- ClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault
- ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault
- ClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault
- ClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault
- CopyToRegionDisabledFault
- DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault
- DependentServiceUnavailableFault
- EndpointAlreadyExistsFault
- EndpointAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault
- EndpointAuthorizationNotFoundFault
- EndpointAuthorizationsPerClusterLimitExceededFault
- EndpointNotFoundFault
- EndpointsPerAuthorizationLimitExceededFault
- EndpointsPerClusterLimitExceededFault
- EventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault
- HsmClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault
- HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault
- HsmClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault
- HsmConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault
- HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault
- HsmConfigurationQuotaExceededFault
- InProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault
- IncompatibleOrderableOptions
- InsufficientClusterCapacityFault
- InsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault
- InvalidAuthenticationProfileRequestFault
- InvalidAuthorizationStateFault
- InvalidClusterParameterGroupStateFault
- InvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault
- InvalidClusterSnapshotScheduleStateFault
- InvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault
- InvalidClusterStateFault
- InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault
- InvalidClusterSubnetStateFault
- InvalidClusterTrackFault
- InvalidDataShareFault
- InvalidElasticIpFault
- InvalidEndpointStateFault
- InvalidHsmClientCertificateStateFault
- InvalidHsmConfigurationStateFault
- InvalidNamespaceFault
- InvalidReservedNodeStateFault
- InvalidRestoreFault
- InvalidRetentionPeriodFault
- InvalidS3BucketNameFault
- InvalidS3KeyPrefixFault
- InvalidScheduleFault
- InvalidScheduledActionFault
- InvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault
- InvalidSubnet
- InvalidSubscriptionStateFault
- InvalidTableRestoreArgumentFault
- InvalidTagFault
- InvalidUsageLimitFault
- InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault
- LimitExceededFault
- NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceededFault
- NumberOfNodesQuotaExceededFault
- PartnerNotFoundFault
- ReservedNodeAlreadyExistsFault
- ReservedNodeAlreadyMigratedFault
- ReservedNodeExchangeNotFoundFault
- ReservedNodeNotFoundFault
- ReservedNodeOfferingNotFoundFault
- ReservedNodeQuotaExceededFault
- ResizeNotFoundFault
- ResourceNotFoundFault
- SNSInvalidTopicFault
- SNSNoAuthorizationFault
- SNSTopicArnNotFoundFault
- ScheduleDefinitionTypeUnsupportedFault
- ScheduledActionAlreadyExistsFault
- ScheduledActionNotFoundFault
- ScheduledActionQuotaExceededFault
- ScheduledActionTypeUnsupportedFault
- SnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault
- SnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault
- SnapshotCopyDisabledFault
- SnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault
- SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault
- SnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault
- SnapshotScheduleAlreadyExistsFault
- SnapshotScheduleNotFoundFault
- SnapshotScheduleQuotaExceededFault
- SnapshotScheduleUpdateInProgressFault
- SourceNotFoundFault
- SubnetAlreadyInUse
- SubscriptionAlreadyExistFault
- SubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault
- SubscriptionEventIdNotFoundFault
- SubscriptionNotFoundFault
- SubscriptionSeverityNotFoundFault
- TableLimitExceededFault
- TableRestoreNotFoundFault
- TagLimitExceededFault
- UnauthorizedOperation
- UnauthorizedPartnerIntegrationFault
- UnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault
- UnsupportedOperationFault
- UnsupportedOptionFault
- UsageLimitAlreadyExistsFault
- UsageLimitNotFoundFault
- Waiters
- Operations
- AcceptReservedNodeExchange
- AddPartner
- AssociateDataShareConsumer
- AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress
- AuthorizeDataShare
- AuthorizeEndpointAccess
- AuthorizeSnapshotAccess
- BatchDeleteClusterSnapshots
- BatchModifyClusterSnapshots
- CancelResize
- CopyClusterSnapshot
- CreateAuthenticationProfile
- CreateCluster
- CreateClusterParameterGroup
- CreateClusterSecurityGroup
- CreateClusterSnapshot
- CreateClusterSubnetGroup
- CreateEndpointAccess
- CreateEventSubscription
- CreateHsmClientCertificate
- CreateHsmConfiguration
- CreateScheduledAction
- CreateSnapshotCopyGrant
- CreateSnapshotSchedule
- CreateTags
- CreateUsageLimit
- DeauthorizeDataShare
- DeleteAuthenticationProfile
- DeleteCluster
- DeleteClusterParameterGroup
- DeleteClusterSecurityGroup
- DeleteClusterSnapshot
- DeleteClusterSubnetGroup
- DeleteEndpointAccess
- DeleteEventSubscription
- DeleteHsmClientCertificate
- DeleteHsmConfiguration
- DeletePartner
- DeleteScheduledAction
- DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant
- DeleteSnapshotSchedule
- DeleteTags
- DeleteUsageLimit
- DescribeAccountAttributes
- DescribeAuthenticationProfiles
- DescribeClusterDbRevisions (Paginated)
- DescribeClusterParameterGroups (Paginated)
- DescribeClusterParameters (Paginated)
- DescribeClusterSecurityGroups (Paginated)
- DescribeClusterSnapshots (Paginated)
- DescribeClusterSubnetGroups (Paginated)
- DescribeClusterTracks (Paginated)
- DescribeClusterVersions (Paginated)
- DescribeClusters (Paginated)
- DescribeDataShares (Paginated)
- DescribeDataSharesForConsumer (Paginated)
- DescribeDataSharesForProducer (Paginated)
- DescribeDefaultClusterParameters (Paginated)
- DescribeEndpointAccess (Paginated)
- DescribeEndpointAuthorization (Paginated)
- DescribeEventCategories
- DescribeEventSubscriptions (Paginated)
- DescribeEvents (Paginated)
- DescribeHsmClientCertificates (Paginated)
- DescribeHsmConfigurations (Paginated)
- DescribeLoggingStatus
- DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions (Paginated)
- DescribeOrderableClusterOptions (Paginated)
- DescribePartners
- DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus (Paginated)
- DescribeReservedNodeOfferings (Paginated)
- DescribeReservedNodes (Paginated)
- DescribeResize
- DescribeScheduledActions (Paginated)
- DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants (Paginated)
- DescribeSnapshotSchedules (Paginated)
- DescribeStorage
- DescribeTableRestoreStatus (Paginated)
- DescribeTags (Paginated)
- DescribeUsageLimits (Paginated)
- DisableLogging
- DisableSnapshotCopy
- DisassociateDataShareConsumer
- EnableLogging
- EnableSnapshotCopy
- GetClusterCredentials
- GetClusterCredentialsWithIAM
- GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions (Paginated)
- GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings (Paginated)
- ModifyAquaConfiguration
- ModifyAuthenticationProfile
- ModifyCluster
- ModifyClusterDbRevision
- ModifyClusterIamRoles
- ModifyClusterMaintenance
- ModifyClusterParameterGroup
- ModifyClusterSnapshot
- ModifyClusterSnapshotSchedule
- ModifyClusterSubnetGroup
- ModifyEndpointAccess
- ModifyEventSubscription
- ModifyScheduledAction
- ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod
- ModifySnapshotSchedule
- ModifyUsageLimit
- PauseCluster
- PurchaseReservedNodeOffering
- RebootCluster
- RejectDataShare
- ResetClusterParameterGroup
- ResizeCluster
- RestoreFromClusterSnapshot
- RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot
- ResumeCluster
- RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress
- RevokeEndpointAccess
- RevokeSnapshotAccess
- RotateEncryptionKey
- UpdatePartnerStatus
- Types
- Common
- ActionType
- AquaConfigurationStatus
- AquaStatus
- AuthorizationStatus
- DataShareStatus
- DataShareStatusForConsumer
- DataShareStatusForProducer
- LogDestinationType
- Mode
- NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName
- OperatorType
- ParameterApplyType
- PartnerIntegrationStatus
- ReservedNodeExchangeActionType
- ReservedNodeExchangeStatusType
- ReservedNodeOfferingType
- ScheduleState
- ScheduledActionFilterName
- ScheduledActionState
- ScheduledActionTypeValues
- SnapshotAttributeToSortBy
- SortByOrder
- SourceType
- TableRestoreStatusType
- UsageLimitBreachAction
- UsageLimitFeatureType
- UsageLimitLimitType
- UsageLimitPeriod
- AccountAttribute
- AccountWithRestoreAccess
- AquaConfiguration
- AttributeValueTarget
- AuthenticationProfile
- AvailabilityZone
- Cluster
- ClusterAssociatedToSchedule
- ClusterDbRevision
- ClusterIamRole
- ClusterNode
- ClusterParameterGroup
- ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage
- ClusterParameterGroupStatus
- ClusterParameterStatus
- ClusterSecurityGroup
- ClusterSecurityGroupMembership
- ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus
- ClusterSubnetGroup
- ClusterVersion
- DataShare
- DataShareAssociation
- DataTransferProgress
- DefaultClusterParameters
- DeferredMaintenanceWindow
- DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage
- EC2SecurityGroup
- ElasticIpStatus
- Endpoint
- EndpointAccess
- EndpointAuthorization
- Event
- EventCategoriesMap
- EventInfoMap
- EventSubscription
- HsmClientCertificate
- HsmConfiguration
- HsmStatus
- IPRange
- LoggingStatus
- MaintenanceTrack
- NetworkInterface
- NodeConfigurationOption
- NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter
- OrderableClusterOption
- Parameter
- PartnerIntegrationInfo
- PartnerIntegrationInputMessage
- PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage
- PauseClusterMessage
- PendingModifiedValues
- RecurringCharge
- ReservedNode
- ReservedNodeConfigurationOption
- ReservedNodeExchangeStatus
- ReservedNodeOffering
- ResizeClusterMessage
- ResizeInfo
- ResizeProgressMessage
- RestoreStatus
- ResumeClusterMessage
- RevisionTarget
- ScheduledAction
- ScheduledActionFilter
- ScheduledActionType
- Snapshot
- SnapshotCopyGrant
- SnapshotErrorMessage
- SnapshotSchedule
- SnapshotSortingEntity
- Subnet
- SupportedOperation
- SupportedPlatform
- TableRestoreStatus
- Tag
- TaggedResource
- UpdateTarget
- UsageLimit
- VpcEndpoint
- VpcSecurityGroupMembership
Description
Derived from API version 2012-12-01 of the AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0.
Amazon Redshift
Overview
This is an interface reference for Amazon Redshift. It contains documentation for one of the programming or command line interfaces you can use to manage Amazon Redshift clusters. Note that Amazon Redshift is asynchronous, which means that some interfaces may require techniques, such as polling or asynchronous callback handlers, to determine when a command has been applied. In this reference, the parameter descriptions indicate whether a change is applied immediately, on the next instance reboot, or during the next maintenance window. For a summary of the Amazon Redshift cluster management interfaces, go to Using the Amazon Redshift Management Interfaces.
Amazon Redshift manages all the work of setting up, operating, and scaling a data warehouse: provisioning capacity, monitoring and backing up the cluster, and applying patches and upgrades to the Amazon Redshift engine. You can focus on using your data to acquire new insights for your business and customers.
If you are a first-time user of Amazon Redshift, we recommend that you begin by reading the Amazon Redshift Getting Started Guide.
If you are a database developer, the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide explains how to design, build, query, and maintain the databases that make up your data warehouse.
Synopsis
- defaultService :: Service
- _AccessToClusterDeniedFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _AccessToSnapshotDeniedFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _AuthenticationProfileAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _AuthenticationProfileNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _AuthenticationProfileQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _AuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _AuthorizationNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _AuthorizationQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _BatchDeleteRequestSizeExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsLimitExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _BucketNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ClusterAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ClusterNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ClusterOnLatestRevisionFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ClusterQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ClusterSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _CopyToRegionDisabledFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _DependentServiceUnavailableFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _EndpointAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _EndpointAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _EndpointAuthorizationNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _EndpointAuthorizationsPerClusterLimitExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _EndpointNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _EndpointsPerAuthorizationLimitExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _EndpointsPerClusterLimitExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _EventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _HsmClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _HsmClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _HsmConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _HsmConfigurationQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _IncompatibleOrderableOptions :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InsufficientClusterCapacityFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidAuthenticationProfileRequestFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidAuthorizationStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidClusterParameterGroupStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidClusterSnapshotScheduleStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidClusterStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidClusterSubnetStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidClusterTrackFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidDataShareFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidElasticIpFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidEndpointStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidHsmClientCertificateStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidHsmConfigurationStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidNamespaceFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidReservedNodeStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidRestoreFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidRetentionPeriodFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidS3BucketNameFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidS3KeyPrefixFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidScheduleFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidScheduledActionFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidSubnet :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidSubscriptionStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidTableRestoreArgumentFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidTagFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidUsageLimitFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _LimitExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _NumberOfNodesQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _PartnerNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ReservedNodeAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ReservedNodeAlreadyMigratedFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ReservedNodeExchangeNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ReservedNodeNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ReservedNodeOfferingNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ReservedNodeQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ResizeNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ResourceNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _SNSInvalidTopicFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _SNSNoAuthorizationFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _SNSTopicArnNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ScheduleDefinitionTypeUnsupportedFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ScheduledActionAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ScheduledActionNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ScheduledActionQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _ScheduledActionTypeUnsupportedFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _SnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _SnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _SnapshotCopyDisabledFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _SnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _SnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _SnapshotScheduleAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _SnapshotScheduleNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _SnapshotScheduleQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _SnapshotScheduleUpdateInProgressFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _SourceNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _SubnetAlreadyInUse :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _SubscriptionAlreadyExistFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _SubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _SubscriptionEventIdNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _SubscriptionNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _SubscriptionSeverityNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _TableLimitExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _TableRestoreNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _TagLimitExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _UnauthorizedOperation :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _UnauthorizedPartnerIntegrationFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _UnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _UnsupportedOperationFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _UnsupportedOptionFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _UsageLimitAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- _UsageLimitNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError
- newClusterAvailable :: Wait DescribeClusters
- newClusterDeleted :: Wait DescribeClusters
- newClusterRestored :: Wait DescribeClusters
- newSnapshotAvailable :: Wait DescribeClusterSnapshots
- data AcceptReservedNodeExchange = AcceptReservedNodeExchange' Text Text
- newAcceptReservedNodeExchange :: Text -> Text -> AcceptReservedNodeExchange
- data AcceptReservedNodeExchangeResponse = AcceptReservedNodeExchangeResponse' (Maybe ReservedNode) Int
- newAcceptReservedNodeExchangeResponse :: Int -> AcceptReservedNodeExchangeResponse
- data AddPartner = AddPartner' Text Text Text Text
- newAddPartner :: Text -> Text -> Text -> Text -> AddPartner
- data PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage = PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newPartnerIntegrationOutputMessage :: PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage
- data AssociateDataShareConsumer = AssociateDataShareConsumer' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Text
- newAssociateDataShareConsumer :: Text -> AssociateDataShareConsumer
- data DataShare = DataShare' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [DataShareAssociation]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newDataShare :: DataShare
- data AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress = AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Text
- newAuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress :: Text -> AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress
- data AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse = AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse' (Maybe ClusterSecurityGroup) Int
- newAuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse :: Int -> AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse
- data AuthorizeDataShare = AuthorizeDataShare' Text Text
- newAuthorizeDataShare :: Text -> Text -> AuthorizeDataShare
- data DataShare = DataShare' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [DataShareAssociation]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newDataShare :: DataShare
- data AuthorizeEndpointAccess = AuthorizeEndpointAccess' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) Text
- newAuthorizeEndpointAccess :: Text -> AuthorizeEndpointAccess
- data EndpointAuthorization = EndpointAuthorization' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe AuthorizationStatus)
- newEndpointAuthorization :: EndpointAuthorization
- data AuthorizeSnapshotAccess = AuthorizeSnapshotAccess' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Text
- newAuthorizeSnapshotAccess :: Text -> AuthorizeSnapshotAccess
- data AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse = AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse' (Maybe Snapshot) Int
- newAuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse :: Int -> AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse
- data BatchDeleteClusterSnapshots = BatchDeleteClusterSnapshots' [DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage]
- newBatchDeleteClusterSnapshots :: BatchDeleteClusterSnapshots
- data BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse = BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse' (Maybe [SnapshotErrorMessage]) (Maybe [Text]) Int
- newBatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse :: Int -> BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse
- data BatchModifyClusterSnapshots = BatchModifyClusterSnapshots' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Int) [Text]
- newBatchModifyClusterSnapshots :: BatchModifyClusterSnapshots
- data BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse = BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse' (Maybe [SnapshotErrorMessage]) (Maybe [Text]) Int
- newBatchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse :: Int -> BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse
- data CancelResize = CancelResize' Text
- newCancelResize :: Text -> CancelResize
- data ResizeProgressMessage = ResizeProgressMessage' (Maybe Double) (Maybe Double) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Integer)
- newResizeProgressMessage :: ResizeProgressMessage
- data CopyClusterSnapshot = CopyClusterSnapshot' (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) Text Text
- newCopyClusterSnapshot :: Text -> Text -> CopyClusterSnapshot
- data CopyClusterSnapshotResponse = CopyClusterSnapshotResponse' (Maybe Snapshot) Int
- newCopyClusterSnapshotResponse :: Int -> CopyClusterSnapshotResponse
- data CreateAuthenticationProfile = CreateAuthenticationProfile' Text Text
- newCreateAuthenticationProfile :: Text -> Text -> CreateAuthenticationProfile
- data CreateAuthenticationProfileResponse = CreateAuthenticationProfileResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Int
- newCreateAuthenticationProfileResponse :: Int -> CreateAuthenticationProfileResponse
- data CreateCluster = CreateCluster' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe AquaConfigurationStatus) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Tag]) (Maybe [Text]) Text Text Text Text
- newCreateCluster :: Text -> Text -> Text -> Text -> CreateCluster
- data CreateClusterResponse = CreateClusterResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int
- newCreateClusterResponse :: Int -> CreateClusterResponse
- data CreateClusterParameterGroup = CreateClusterParameterGroup' (Maybe [Tag]) Text Text Text
- newCreateClusterParameterGroup :: Text -> Text -> Text -> CreateClusterParameterGroup
- data CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse = CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse' (Maybe ClusterParameterGroup) Int
- newCreateClusterParameterGroupResponse :: Int -> CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse
- data CreateClusterSecurityGroup = CreateClusterSecurityGroup' (Maybe [Tag]) Text Text
- newCreateClusterSecurityGroup :: Text -> Text -> CreateClusterSecurityGroup
- data CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse = CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse' (Maybe ClusterSecurityGroup) Int
- newCreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse :: Int -> CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse
- data CreateClusterSnapshot = CreateClusterSnapshot' (Maybe Int) (Maybe [Tag]) Text Text
- newCreateClusterSnapshot :: Text -> Text -> CreateClusterSnapshot
- data CreateClusterSnapshotResponse = CreateClusterSnapshotResponse' (Maybe Snapshot) Int
- newCreateClusterSnapshotResponse :: Int -> CreateClusterSnapshotResponse
- data CreateClusterSubnetGroup = CreateClusterSubnetGroup' (Maybe [Tag]) Text Text [Text]
- newCreateClusterSubnetGroup :: Text -> Text -> CreateClusterSubnetGroup
- data CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse = CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse' (Maybe ClusterSubnetGroup) Int
- newCreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse :: Int -> CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse
- data CreateEndpointAccess = CreateEndpointAccess' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) Text Text
- newCreateEndpointAccess :: Text -> Text -> CreateEndpointAccess
- data EndpointAccess = EndpointAccess' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe VpcEndpoint) (Maybe [VpcSecurityGroupMembership])
- newEndpointAccess :: EndpointAccess
- data CreateEventSubscription = CreateEventSubscription' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Tag]) Text Text
- newCreateEventSubscription :: Text -> Text -> CreateEventSubscription
- data CreateEventSubscriptionResponse = CreateEventSubscriptionResponse' (Maybe EventSubscription) Int
- newCreateEventSubscriptionResponse :: Int -> CreateEventSubscriptionResponse
- data CreateHsmClientCertificate = CreateHsmClientCertificate' (Maybe [Tag]) Text
- newCreateHsmClientCertificate :: Text -> CreateHsmClientCertificate
- data CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse = CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse' (Maybe HsmClientCertificate) Int
- newCreateHsmClientCertificateResponse :: Int -> CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse
- data CreateHsmConfiguration = CreateHsmConfiguration' (Maybe [Tag]) Text Text Text Text Text Text
- newCreateHsmConfiguration :: Text -> Text -> Text -> Text -> Text -> Text -> CreateHsmConfiguration
- data CreateHsmConfigurationResponse = CreateHsmConfigurationResponse' (Maybe HsmConfiguration) Int
- newCreateHsmConfigurationResponse :: Int -> CreateHsmConfigurationResponse
- data CreateScheduledAction = CreateScheduledAction' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) Text ScheduledActionType Text Text
- newCreateScheduledAction :: Text -> ScheduledActionType -> Text -> Text -> CreateScheduledAction
- data ScheduledAction = ScheduledAction' (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ISO8601]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe ScheduledActionState) (Maybe ScheduledActionType)
- newScheduledAction :: ScheduledAction
- data CreateSnapshotCopyGrant = CreateSnapshotCopyGrant' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Tag]) Text
- newCreateSnapshotCopyGrant :: Text -> CreateSnapshotCopyGrant
- data CreateSnapshotCopyGrantResponse = CreateSnapshotCopyGrantResponse' (Maybe SnapshotCopyGrant) Int
- newCreateSnapshotCopyGrantResponse :: Int -> CreateSnapshotCopyGrantResponse
- data CreateSnapshotSchedule = CreateSnapshotSchedule' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Int) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Tag])
- newCreateSnapshotSchedule :: CreateSnapshotSchedule
- data SnapshotSchedule = SnapshotSchedule' (Maybe Int) (Maybe [ClusterAssociatedToSchedule]) (Maybe [ISO8601]) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Tag])
- newSnapshotSchedule :: SnapshotSchedule
- data CreateTags = CreateTags' Text [Tag]
- newCreateTags :: Text -> CreateTags
- data CreateTagsResponse = CreateTagsResponse' {
- newCreateTagsResponse :: CreateTagsResponse
- data CreateUsageLimit = CreateUsageLimit' (Maybe UsageLimitBreachAction) (Maybe UsageLimitPeriod) (Maybe [Tag]) Text UsageLimitFeatureType UsageLimitLimitType Integer
- newCreateUsageLimit :: Text -> UsageLimitFeatureType -> UsageLimitLimitType -> Integer -> CreateUsageLimit
- data UsageLimit = UsageLimit' (Maybe Integer) (Maybe UsageLimitBreachAction) (Maybe Text) (Maybe UsageLimitFeatureType) (Maybe UsageLimitLimitType) (Maybe UsageLimitPeriod) (Maybe [Tag]) (Maybe Text)
- newUsageLimit :: UsageLimit
- data DeauthorizeDataShare = DeauthorizeDataShare' Text Text
- newDeauthorizeDataShare :: Text -> Text -> DeauthorizeDataShare
- data DataShare = DataShare' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [DataShareAssociation]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newDataShare :: DataShare
- data DeleteAuthenticationProfile = DeleteAuthenticationProfile' Text
- newDeleteAuthenticationProfile :: Text -> DeleteAuthenticationProfile
- data DeleteAuthenticationProfileResponse = DeleteAuthenticationProfileResponse' (Maybe Text) Int
- newDeleteAuthenticationProfileResponse :: Int -> DeleteAuthenticationProfileResponse
- data DeleteCluster = DeleteCluster' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Bool) Text
- newDeleteCluster :: Text -> DeleteCluster
- data DeleteClusterResponse = DeleteClusterResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int
- newDeleteClusterResponse :: Int -> DeleteClusterResponse
- data DeleteClusterParameterGroup = DeleteClusterParameterGroup' Text
- newDeleteClusterParameterGroup :: Text -> DeleteClusterParameterGroup
- data DeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse = DeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse' {
- newDeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse :: DeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse
- data DeleteClusterSecurityGroup = DeleteClusterSecurityGroup' Text
- newDeleteClusterSecurityGroup :: Text -> DeleteClusterSecurityGroup
- data DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse = DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse' {
- newDeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse :: DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse
- data DeleteClusterSnapshot = DeleteClusterSnapshot' (Maybe Text) Text
- newDeleteClusterSnapshot :: Text -> DeleteClusterSnapshot
- data DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse = DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse' (Maybe Snapshot) Int
- newDeleteClusterSnapshotResponse :: Int -> DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse
- data DeleteClusterSubnetGroup = DeleteClusterSubnetGroup' Text
- newDeleteClusterSubnetGroup :: Text -> DeleteClusterSubnetGroup
- data DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse = DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse' {
- newDeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse :: DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse
- data DeleteEndpointAccess = DeleteEndpointAccess' Text
- newDeleteEndpointAccess :: Text -> DeleteEndpointAccess
- data EndpointAccess = EndpointAccess' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe VpcEndpoint) (Maybe [VpcSecurityGroupMembership])
- newEndpointAccess :: EndpointAccess
- data DeleteEventSubscription = DeleteEventSubscription' Text
- newDeleteEventSubscription :: Text -> DeleteEventSubscription
- data DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse = DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse' {
- newDeleteEventSubscriptionResponse :: DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse
- data DeleteHsmClientCertificate = DeleteHsmClientCertificate' Text
- newDeleteHsmClientCertificate :: Text -> DeleteHsmClientCertificate
- data DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse = DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse' {
- newDeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse :: DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse
- data DeleteHsmConfiguration = DeleteHsmConfiguration' Text
- newDeleteHsmConfiguration :: Text -> DeleteHsmConfiguration
- data DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse = DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse' {
- newDeleteHsmConfigurationResponse :: DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse
- data DeletePartner = DeletePartner' Text Text Text Text
- newDeletePartner :: Text -> Text -> Text -> Text -> DeletePartner
- data PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage = PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newPartnerIntegrationOutputMessage :: PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage
- data DeleteScheduledAction = DeleteScheduledAction' Text
- newDeleteScheduledAction :: Text -> DeleteScheduledAction
- data DeleteScheduledActionResponse = DeleteScheduledActionResponse' {
- newDeleteScheduledActionResponse :: DeleteScheduledActionResponse
- data DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant = DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant' Text
- newDeleteSnapshotCopyGrant :: Text -> DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant
- data DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse = DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse' {
- newDeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse :: DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse
- data DeleteSnapshotSchedule = DeleteSnapshotSchedule' Text
- newDeleteSnapshotSchedule :: Text -> DeleteSnapshotSchedule
- data DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse = DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse' {
- newDeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse :: DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse
- data DeleteTags = DeleteTags' Text [Text]
- newDeleteTags :: Text -> DeleteTags
- data DeleteTagsResponse = DeleteTagsResponse' {
- newDeleteTagsResponse :: DeleteTagsResponse
- data DeleteUsageLimit = DeleteUsageLimit' Text
- newDeleteUsageLimit :: Text -> DeleteUsageLimit
- data DeleteUsageLimitResponse = DeleteUsageLimitResponse' {
- newDeleteUsageLimitResponse :: DeleteUsageLimitResponse
- data DescribeAccountAttributes = DescribeAccountAttributes' (Maybe [Text])
- newDescribeAccountAttributes :: DescribeAccountAttributes
- data DescribeAccountAttributesResponse = DescribeAccountAttributesResponse' (Maybe [AccountAttribute]) Int
- newDescribeAccountAttributesResponse :: Int -> DescribeAccountAttributesResponse
- data DescribeAuthenticationProfiles = DescribeAuthenticationProfiles' (Maybe Text)
- newDescribeAuthenticationProfiles :: DescribeAuthenticationProfiles
- data DescribeAuthenticationProfilesResponse = DescribeAuthenticationProfilesResponse' (Maybe [AuthenticationProfile]) Int
- newDescribeAuthenticationProfilesResponse :: Int -> DescribeAuthenticationProfilesResponse
- data DescribeClusterDbRevisions = DescribeClusterDbRevisions' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int)
- newDescribeClusterDbRevisions :: DescribeClusterDbRevisions
- data DescribeClusterDbRevisionsResponse = DescribeClusterDbRevisionsResponse' (Maybe [ClusterDbRevision]) (Maybe Text) Int
- newDescribeClusterDbRevisionsResponse :: Int -> DescribeClusterDbRevisionsResponse
- data DescribeClusterParameterGroups = DescribeClusterParameterGroups' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text])
- newDescribeClusterParameterGroups :: DescribeClusterParameterGroups
- data DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse = DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ClusterParameterGroup]) Int
- newDescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse :: Int -> DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse
- data DescribeClusterParameters = DescribeClusterParameters' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) Text
- newDescribeClusterParameters :: Text -> DescribeClusterParameters
- data DescribeClusterParametersResponse = DescribeClusterParametersResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Parameter]) Int
- newDescribeClusterParametersResponse :: Int -> DescribeClusterParametersResponse
- data DescribeClusterSecurityGroups = DescribeClusterSecurityGroups' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text])
- newDescribeClusterSecurityGroups :: DescribeClusterSecurityGroups
- data DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse = DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse' (Maybe [ClusterSecurityGroup]) (Maybe Text) Int
- newDescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse :: Int -> DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse
- data DescribeClusterSnapshots = DescribeClusterSnapshots' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [SnapshotSortingEntity]) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text])
- newDescribeClusterSnapshots :: DescribeClusterSnapshots
- data DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse = DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Snapshot]) Int
- newDescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse :: Int -> DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse
- data DescribeClusterSubnetGroups = DescribeClusterSubnetGroups' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text])
- newDescribeClusterSubnetGroups :: DescribeClusterSubnetGroups
- data DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse = DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse' (Maybe [ClusterSubnetGroup]) (Maybe Text) Int
- newDescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse :: Int -> DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse
- data DescribeClusterTracks = DescribeClusterTracks' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int)
- newDescribeClusterTracks :: DescribeClusterTracks
- data DescribeClusterTracksResponse = DescribeClusterTracksResponse' (Maybe [MaintenanceTrack]) (Maybe Text) Int
- newDescribeClusterTracksResponse :: Int -> DescribeClusterTracksResponse
- data DescribeClusterVersions = DescribeClusterVersions' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int)
- newDescribeClusterVersions :: DescribeClusterVersions
- data DescribeClusterVersionsResponse = DescribeClusterVersionsResponse' (Maybe [ClusterVersion]) (Maybe Text) Int
- newDescribeClusterVersionsResponse :: Int -> DescribeClusterVersionsResponse
- data DescribeClusters = DescribeClusters' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text])
- newDescribeClusters :: DescribeClusters
- data DescribeClustersResponse = DescribeClustersResponse' (Maybe [Cluster]) (Maybe Text) Int
- newDescribeClustersResponse :: Int -> DescribeClustersResponse
- data DescribeDataShares = DescribeDataShares' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int)
- newDescribeDataShares :: DescribeDataShares
- data DescribeDataSharesResponse = DescribeDataSharesResponse' (Maybe [DataShare]) (Maybe Text) Int
- newDescribeDataSharesResponse :: Int -> DescribeDataSharesResponse
- data DescribeDataSharesForConsumer = DescribeDataSharesForConsumer' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe DataShareStatusForConsumer)
- newDescribeDataSharesForConsumer :: DescribeDataSharesForConsumer
- data DescribeDataSharesForConsumerResponse = DescribeDataSharesForConsumerResponse' (Maybe [DataShare]) (Maybe Text) Int
- newDescribeDataSharesForConsumerResponse :: Int -> DescribeDataSharesForConsumerResponse
- data DescribeDataSharesForProducer = DescribeDataSharesForProducer' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe DataShareStatusForProducer)
- newDescribeDataSharesForProducer :: DescribeDataSharesForProducer
- data DescribeDataSharesForProducerResponse = DescribeDataSharesForProducerResponse' (Maybe [DataShare]) (Maybe Text) Int
- newDescribeDataSharesForProducerResponse :: Int -> DescribeDataSharesForProducerResponse
- data DescribeDefaultClusterParameters = DescribeDefaultClusterParameters' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) Text
- newDescribeDefaultClusterParameters :: Text -> DescribeDefaultClusterParameters
- data DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse = DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse' Int DefaultClusterParameters
- newDescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse :: Int -> DefaultClusterParameters -> DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse
- data DescribeEndpointAccess = DescribeEndpointAccess' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newDescribeEndpointAccess :: DescribeEndpointAccess
- data DescribeEndpointAccessResponse = DescribeEndpointAccessResponse' (Maybe [EndpointAccess]) (Maybe Text) Int
- newDescribeEndpointAccessResponse :: Int -> DescribeEndpointAccessResponse
- data DescribeEndpointAuthorization = DescribeEndpointAuthorization' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int)
- newDescribeEndpointAuthorization :: DescribeEndpointAuthorization
- data DescribeEndpointAuthorizationResponse = DescribeEndpointAuthorizationResponse' (Maybe [EndpointAuthorization]) (Maybe Text) Int
- newDescribeEndpointAuthorizationResponse :: Int -> DescribeEndpointAuthorizationResponse
- data DescribeEventCategories = DescribeEventCategories' (Maybe Text)
- newDescribeEventCategories :: DescribeEventCategories
- data DescribeEventCategoriesResponse = DescribeEventCategoriesResponse' (Maybe [EventCategoriesMap]) Int
- newDescribeEventCategoriesResponse :: Int -> DescribeEventCategoriesResponse
- data DescribeEventSubscriptions = DescribeEventSubscriptions' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text])
- newDescribeEventSubscriptions :: DescribeEventSubscriptions
- data DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse = DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse' (Maybe [EventSubscription]) (Maybe Text) Int
- newDescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse :: Int -> DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse
- data DescribeEvents = DescribeEvents' (Maybe Int) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe SourceType) (Maybe ISO8601)
- newDescribeEvents :: DescribeEvents
- data DescribeEventsResponse = DescribeEventsResponse' (Maybe [Event]) (Maybe Text) Int
- newDescribeEventsResponse :: Int -> DescribeEventsResponse
- data DescribeHsmClientCertificates = DescribeHsmClientCertificates' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text])
- newDescribeHsmClientCertificates :: DescribeHsmClientCertificates
- data DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse = DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse' (Maybe [HsmClientCertificate]) (Maybe Text) Int
- newDescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse :: Int -> DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse
- data DescribeHsmConfigurations = DescribeHsmConfigurations' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text])
- newDescribeHsmConfigurations :: DescribeHsmConfigurations
- data DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse = DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse' (Maybe [HsmConfiguration]) (Maybe Text) Int
- newDescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse :: Int -> DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse
- data DescribeLoggingStatus = DescribeLoggingStatus' Text
- newDescribeLoggingStatus :: Text -> DescribeLoggingStatus
- data LoggingStatus = LoggingStatus' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe LogDestinationType) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text)
- newLoggingStatus :: LoggingStatus
- data DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions = DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) ActionType
- newDescribeNodeConfigurationOptions :: ActionType -> DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions
- data DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsResponse = DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [NodeConfigurationOption]) Int
- newDescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsResponse :: Int -> DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsResponse
- data DescribeOrderableClusterOptions = DescribeOrderableClusterOptions' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text)
- newDescribeOrderableClusterOptions :: DescribeOrderableClusterOptions
- data DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse = DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [OrderableClusterOption]) Int
- newDescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse :: Int -> DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse
- data DescribePartners = DescribePartners' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Text Text
- newDescribePartners :: Text -> Text -> DescribePartners
- data DescribePartnersResponse = DescribePartnersResponse' (Maybe [PartnerIntegrationInfo]) Int
- newDescribePartnersResponse :: Int -> DescribePartnersResponse
- data DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus = DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newDescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus :: DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus
- data DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusResponse = DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ReservedNodeExchangeStatus]) Int
- newDescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusResponse :: Int -> DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusResponse
- data DescribeReservedNodeOfferings = DescribeReservedNodeOfferings' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text)
- newDescribeReservedNodeOfferings :: DescribeReservedNodeOfferings
- data DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse = DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ReservedNodeOffering]) Int
- newDescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse :: Int -> DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse
- data DescribeReservedNodes = DescribeReservedNodes' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text)
- newDescribeReservedNodes :: DescribeReservedNodes
- data DescribeReservedNodesResponse = DescribeReservedNodesResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ReservedNode]) Int
- newDescribeReservedNodesResponse :: Int -> DescribeReservedNodesResponse
- data DescribeResize = DescribeResize' Text
- newDescribeResize :: Text -> DescribeResize
- data ResizeProgressMessage = ResizeProgressMessage' (Maybe Double) (Maybe Double) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Integer)
- newResizeProgressMessage :: ResizeProgressMessage
- data DescribeScheduledActions = DescribeScheduledActions' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe [ScheduledActionFilter]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe ScheduledActionTypeValues)
- newDescribeScheduledActions :: DescribeScheduledActions
- data DescribeScheduledActionsResponse = DescribeScheduledActionsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ScheduledAction]) Int
- newDescribeScheduledActionsResponse :: Int -> DescribeScheduledActionsResponse
- data DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants = DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text])
- newDescribeSnapshotCopyGrants :: DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants
- data DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse = DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [SnapshotCopyGrant]) Int
- newDescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse :: Int -> DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse
- data DescribeSnapshotSchedules = DescribeSnapshotSchedules' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text])
- newDescribeSnapshotSchedules :: DescribeSnapshotSchedules
- data DescribeSnapshotSchedulesResponse = DescribeSnapshotSchedulesResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [SnapshotSchedule]) Int
- newDescribeSnapshotSchedulesResponse :: Int -> DescribeSnapshotSchedulesResponse
- data DescribeStorage = DescribeStorage' {
- newDescribeStorage :: DescribeStorage
- data DescribeStorageResponse = DescribeStorageResponse' (Maybe Double) (Maybe Double) Int
- newDescribeStorageResponse :: Int -> DescribeStorageResponse
- data DescribeTableRestoreStatus = DescribeTableRestoreStatus' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text)
- newDescribeTableRestoreStatus :: DescribeTableRestoreStatus
- data DescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse = DescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [TableRestoreStatus]) Int
- newDescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse :: Int -> DescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse
- data DescribeTags = DescribeTags' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text])
- newDescribeTags :: DescribeTags
- data DescribeTagsResponse = DescribeTagsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [TaggedResource]) Int
- newDescribeTagsResponse :: Int -> DescribeTagsResponse
- data DescribeUsageLimits = DescribeUsageLimits' (Maybe Text) (Maybe UsageLimitFeatureType) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text)
- newDescribeUsageLimits :: DescribeUsageLimits
- data DescribeUsageLimitsResponse = DescribeUsageLimitsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [UsageLimit]) Int
- newDescribeUsageLimitsResponse :: Int -> DescribeUsageLimitsResponse
- data DisableLogging = DisableLogging' Text
- newDisableLogging :: Text -> DisableLogging
- data LoggingStatus = LoggingStatus' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe LogDestinationType) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text)
- newLoggingStatus :: LoggingStatus
- data DisableSnapshotCopy = DisableSnapshotCopy' Text
- newDisableSnapshotCopy :: Text -> DisableSnapshotCopy
- data DisableSnapshotCopyResponse = DisableSnapshotCopyResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int
- newDisableSnapshotCopyResponse :: Int -> DisableSnapshotCopyResponse
- data DisassociateDataShareConsumer = DisassociateDataShareConsumer' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) Text
- newDisassociateDataShareConsumer :: Text -> DisassociateDataShareConsumer
- data DataShare = DataShare' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [DataShareAssociation]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newDataShare :: DataShare
- data EnableLogging = EnableLogging' (Maybe Text) (Maybe LogDestinationType) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) Text
- newEnableLogging :: Text -> EnableLogging
- data LoggingStatus = LoggingStatus' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe LogDestinationType) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text)
- newLoggingStatus :: LoggingStatus
- data EnableSnapshotCopy = EnableSnapshotCopy' (Maybe Int) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) Text Text
- newEnableSnapshotCopy :: Text -> Text -> EnableSnapshotCopy
- data EnableSnapshotCopyResponse = EnableSnapshotCopyResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int
- newEnableSnapshotCopyResponse :: Int -> EnableSnapshotCopyResponse
- data GetClusterCredentials = GetClusterCredentials' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) Text Text
- newGetClusterCredentials :: Text -> Text -> GetClusterCredentials
- data GetClusterCredentialsResponse = GetClusterCredentialsResponse' (Maybe (Sensitive Text)) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) Int
- newGetClusterCredentialsResponse :: Int -> GetClusterCredentialsResponse
- data GetClusterCredentialsWithIAM = GetClusterCredentialsWithIAM' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) Text
- newGetClusterCredentialsWithIAM :: Text -> GetClusterCredentialsWithIAM
- data GetClusterCredentialsWithIAMResponse = GetClusterCredentialsWithIAMResponse' (Maybe (Sensitive Text)) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe ISO8601) Int
- newGetClusterCredentialsWithIAMResponse :: Int -> GetClusterCredentialsWithIAMResponse
- data GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions = GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) ReservedNodeExchangeActionType
- newGetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions :: ReservedNodeExchangeActionType -> GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions
- data GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsResponse = GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ReservedNodeConfigurationOption]) Int
- newGetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsResponse :: Int -> GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsResponse
- data GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings = GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) Text
- newGetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings :: Text -> GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings
- data GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsResponse = GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ReservedNodeOffering]) Int
- newGetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsResponse :: Int -> GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsResponse
- data ModifyAquaConfiguration = ModifyAquaConfiguration' (Maybe AquaConfigurationStatus) Text
- newModifyAquaConfiguration :: Text -> ModifyAquaConfiguration
- data ModifyAquaConfigurationResponse = ModifyAquaConfigurationResponse' (Maybe AquaConfiguration) Int
- newModifyAquaConfigurationResponse :: Int -> ModifyAquaConfigurationResponse
- data ModifyAuthenticationProfile = ModifyAuthenticationProfile' Text Text
- newModifyAuthenticationProfile :: Text -> Text -> ModifyAuthenticationProfile
- data ModifyAuthenticationProfileResponse = ModifyAuthenticationProfileResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Int
- newModifyAuthenticationProfileResponse :: Int -> ModifyAuthenticationProfileResponse
- data ModifyCluster = ModifyCluster' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe [Text]) Text
- newModifyCluster :: Text -> ModifyCluster
- data ModifyClusterResponse = ModifyClusterResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int
- newModifyClusterResponse :: Int -> ModifyClusterResponse
- data ModifyClusterDbRevision = ModifyClusterDbRevision' Text Text
- newModifyClusterDbRevision :: Text -> Text -> ModifyClusterDbRevision
- data ModifyClusterDbRevisionResponse = ModifyClusterDbRevisionResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int
- newModifyClusterDbRevisionResponse :: Int -> ModifyClusterDbRevisionResponse
- data ModifyClusterIamRoles = ModifyClusterIamRoles' (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) Text
- newModifyClusterIamRoles :: Text -> ModifyClusterIamRoles
- data ModifyClusterIamRolesResponse = ModifyClusterIamRolesResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int
- newModifyClusterIamRolesResponse :: Int -> ModifyClusterIamRolesResponse
- data ModifyClusterMaintenance = ModifyClusterMaintenance' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Int) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) Text
- newModifyClusterMaintenance :: Text -> ModifyClusterMaintenance
- data ModifyClusterMaintenanceResponse = ModifyClusterMaintenanceResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int
- newModifyClusterMaintenanceResponse :: Int -> ModifyClusterMaintenanceResponse
- data ModifyClusterParameterGroup = ModifyClusterParameterGroup' Text [Parameter]
- newModifyClusterParameterGroup :: Text -> ModifyClusterParameterGroup
- data ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage = ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newClusterParameterGroupNameMessage :: ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage
- data ModifyClusterSnapshot = ModifyClusterSnapshot' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Int) Text
- newModifyClusterSnapshot :: Text -> ModifyClusterSnapshot
- data ModifyClusterSnapshotResponse = ModifyClusterSnapshotResponse' (Maybe Snapshot) Int
- newModifyClusterSnapshotResponse :: Int -> ModifyClusterSnapshotResponse
- data ModifyClusterSnapshotSchedule = ModifyClusterSnapshotSchedule' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) Text
- newModifyClusterSnapshotSchedule :: Text -> ModifyClusterSnapshotSchedule
- data ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleResponse = ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleResponse' {
- newModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleResponse :: ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleResponse
- data ModifyClusterSubnetGroup = ModifyClusterSubnetGroup' (Maybe Text) Text [Text]
- newModifyClusterSubnetGroup :: Text -> ModifyClusterSubnetGroup
- data ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse = ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse' (Maybe ClusterSubnetGroup) Int
- newModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse :: Int -> ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse
- data ModifyEndpointAccess = ModifyEndpointAccess' (Maybe [Text]) Text
- newModifyEndpointAccess :: Text -> ModifyEndpointAccess
- data EndpointAccess = EndpointAccess' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe VpcEndpoint) (Maybe [VpcSecurityGroupMembership])
- newEndpointAccess :: EndpointAccess
- data ModifyEventSubscription = ModifyEventSubscription' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) Text
- newModifyEventSubscription :: Text -> ModifyEventSubscription
- data ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse = ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse' (Maybe EventSubscription) Int
- newModifyEventSubscriptionResponse :: Int -> ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse
- data ModifyScheduledAction = ModifyScheduledAction' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe ScheduledActionType) Text
- newModifyScheduledAction :: Text -> ModifyScheduledAction
- data ScheduledAction = ScheduledAction' (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ISO8601]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe ScheduledActionState) (Maybe ScheduledActionType)
- newScheduledAction :: ScheduledAction
- data ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod = ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod' (Maybe Bool) Text Int
- newModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod :: Text -> Int -> ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod
- data ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse = ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int
- newModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse :: Int -> ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse
- data ModifySnapshotSchedule = ModifySnapshotSchedule' Text [Text]
- newModifySnapshotSchedule :: Text -> ModifySnapshotSchedule
- data SnapshotSchedule = SnapshotSchedule' (Maybe Int) (Maybe [ClusterAssociatedToSchedule]) (Maybe [ISO8601]) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Tag])
- newSnapshotSchedule :: SnapshotSchedule
- data ModifyUsageLimit = ModifyUsageLimit' (Maybe Integer) (Maybe UsageLimitBreachAction) Text
- newModifyUsageLimit :: Text -> ModifyUsageLimit
- data UsageLimit = UsageLimit' (Maybe Integer) (Maybe UsageLimitBreachAction) (Maybe Text) (Maybe UsageLimitFeatureType) (Maybe UsageLimitLimitType) (Maybe UsageLimitPeriod) (Maybe [Tag]) (Maybe Text)
- newUsageLimit :: UsageLimit
- data PauseCluster = PauseCluster' Text
- newPauseCluster :: Text -> PauseCluster
- data PauseClusterResponse = PauseClusterResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int
- newPauseClusterResponse :: Int -> PauseClusterResponse
- data PurchaseReservedNodeOffering = PurchaseReservedNodeOffering' (Maybe Int) Text
- newPurchaseReservedNodeOffering :: Text -> PurchaseReservedNodeOffering
- data PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse = PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse' (Maybe ReservedNode) Int
- newPurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse :: Int -> PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse
- data RebootCluster = RebootCluster' Text
- newRebootCluster :: Text -> RebootCluster
- data RebootClusterResponse = RebootClusterResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int
- newRebootClusterResponse :: Int -> RebootClusterResponse
- data RejectDataShare = RejectDataShare' Text
- newRejectDataShare :: Text -> RejectDataShare
- data DataShare = DataShare' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [DataShareAssociation]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newDataShare :: DataShare
- data ResetClusterParameterGroup = ResetClusterParameterGroup' (Maybe [Parameter]) (Maybe Bool) Text
- newResetClusterParameterGroup :: Text -> ResetClusterParameterGroup
- data ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage = ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newClusterParameterGroupNameMessage :: ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage
- data ResizeCluster = ResizeCluster' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Text
- newResizeCluster :: Text -> ResizeCluster
- data ResizeClusterResponse = ResizeClusterResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int
- newResizeClusterResponse :: Int -> ResizeClusterResponse
- data RestoreFromClusterSnapshot = RestoreFromClusterSnapshot' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe AquaConfigurationStatus) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) Text
- newRestoreFromClusterSnapshot :: Text -> RestoreFromClusterSnapshot
- data RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse = RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int
- newRestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse :: Int -> RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse
- data RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot = RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Text Text Text Text Text
- newRestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot :: Text -> Text -> Text -> Text -> Text -> RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot
- data RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse = RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse' (Maybe TableRestoreStatus) Int
- newRestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse :: Int -> RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse
- data ResumeCluster = ResumeCluster' Text
- newResumeCluster :: Text -> ResumeCluster
- data ResumeClusterResponse = ResumeClusterResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int
- newResumeClusterResponse :: Int -> ResumeClusterResponse
- data RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress = RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Text
- newRevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress :: Text -> RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress
- data RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse = RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse' (Maybe ClusterSecurityGroup) Int
- newRevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse :: Int -> RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse
- data RevokeEndpointAccess = RevokeEndpointAccess' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe [Text])
- newRevokeEndpointAccess :: RevokeEndpointAccess
- data EndpointAuthorization = EndpointAuthorization' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe AuthorizationStatus)
- newEndpointAuthorization :: EndpointAuthorization
- data RevokeSnapshotAccess = RevokeSnapshotAccess' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Text
- newRevokeSnapshotAccess :: Text -> RevokeSnapshotAccess
- data RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse = RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse' (Maybe Snapshot) Int
- newRevokeSnapshotAccessResponse :: Int -> RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse
- data RotateEncryptionKey = RotateEncryptionKey' Text
- newRotateEncryptionKey :: Text -> RotateEncryptionKey
- data RotateEncryptionKeyResponse = RotateEncryptionKeyResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int
- newRotateEncryptionKeyResponse :: Int -> RotateEncryptionKeyResponse
- data UpdatePartnerStatus = UpdatePartnerStatus' (Maybe Text) Text Text Text Text PartnerIntegrationStatus
- newUpdatePartnerStatus :: Text -> Text -> Text -> Text -> PartnerIntegrationStatus -> UpdatePartnerStatus
- data PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage = PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newPartnerIntegrationOutputMessage :: PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage
- module Amazonka.Redshift.Internal
- newtype ActionType where
- ActionType' { }
- pattern ActionType_Recommend_node_config :: ActionType
- pattern ActionType_Resize_cluster :: ActionType
- pattern ActionType_Restore_cluster :: ActionType
- newtype AquaConfigurationStatus where
- newtype AquaStatus where
- AquaStatus' { }
- pattern AquaStatus_Applying :: AquaStatus
- pattern AquaStatus_Disabled :: AquaStatus
- pattern AquaStatus_Enabled :: AquaStatus
- newtype AuthorizationStatus where
- newtype DataShareStatus where
- DataShareStatus' { }
- pattern DataShareStatus_ACTIVE :: DataShareStatus
- pattern DataShareStatus_AUTHORIZED :: DataShareStatus
- pattern DataShareStatus_AVAILABLE :: DataShareStatus
- pattern DataShareStatus_DEAUTHORIZED :: DataShareStatus
- pattern DataShareStatus_PENDING_AUTHORIZATION :: DataShareStatus
- pattern DataShareStatus_REJECTED :: DataShareStatus
- newtype DataShareStatusForConsumer where
- newtype DataShareStatusForProducer where
- DataShareStatusForProducer' { }
- pattern DataShareStatusForProducer_ACTIVE :: DataShareStatusForProducer
- pattern DataShareStatusForProducer_AUTHORIZED :: DataShareStatusForProducer
- pattern DataShareStatusForProducer_DEAUTHORIZED :: DataShareStatusForProducer
- pattern DataShareStatusForProducer_PENDING_AUTHORIZATION :: DataShareStatusForProducer
- pattern DataShareStatusForProducer_REJECTED :: DataShareStatusForProducer
- newtype LogDestinationType where
- LogDestinationType' { }
- pattern LogDestinationType_Cloudwatch :: LogDestinationType
- pattern LogDestinationType_S3 :: LogDestinationType
- newtype Mode where
- Mode' { }
- pattern Mode_High_performance :: Mode
- pattern Mode_Standard :: Mode
- newtype NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName where
- NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName' { }
- pattern NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName_EstimatedDiskUtilizationPercent :: NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName
- pattern NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName_Mode :: NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName
- pattern NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName_NodeType :: NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName
- pattern NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName_NumberOfNodes :: NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName
- newtype OperatorType where
- OperatorType' { }
- pattern OperatorType_Between :: OperatorType
- pattern OperatorType_Eq :: OperatorType
- pattern OperatorType_Ge :: OperatorType
- pattern OperatorType_Gt :: OperatorType
- pattern OperatorType_In :: OperatorType
- pattern OperatorType_Le :: OperatorType
- pattern OperatorType_Lt :: OperatorType
- newtype ParameterApplyType where
- ParameterApplyType' { }
- pattern ParameterApplyType_Dynamic :: ParameterApplyType
- pattern ParameterApplyType_Static :: ParameterApplyType
- newtype PartnerIntegrationStatus where
- PartnerIntegrationStatus' { }
- pattern PartnerIntegrationStatus_Active :: PartnerIntegrationStatus
- pattern PartnerIntegrationStatus_ConnectionFailure :: PartnerIntegrationStatus
- pattern PartnerIntegrationStatus_Inactive :: PartnerIntegrationStatus
- pattern PartnerIntegrationStatus_RuntimeFailure :: PartnerIntegrationStatus
- newtype ReservedNodeExchangeActionType where
- newtype ReservedNodeExchangeStatusType where
- ReservedNodeExchangeStatusType' { }
- pattern ReservedNodeExchangeStatusType_FAILED :: ReservedNodeExchangeStatusType
- pattern ReservedNodeExchangeStatusType_IN_PROGRESS :: ReservedNodeExchangeStatusType
- pattern ReservedNodeExchangeStatusType_PENDING :: ReservedNodeExchangeStatusType
- pattern ReservedNodeExchangeStatusType_REQUESTED :: ReservedNodeExchangeStatusType
- pattern ReservedNodeExchangeStatusType_RETRYING :: ReservedNodeExchangeStatusType
- pattern ReservedNodeExchangeStatusType_SUCCEEDED :: ReservedNodeExchangeStatusType
- newtype ReservedNodeOfferingType where
- newtype ScheduleState where
- ScheduleState' { }
- pattern ScheduleState_ACTIVE :: ScheduleState
- pattern ScheduleState_FAILED :: ScheduleState
- pattern ScheduleState_MODIFYING :: ScheduleState
- newtype ScheduledActionFilterName where
- newtype ScheduledActionState where
- newtype ScheduledActionTypeValues where
- newtype SnapshotAttributeToSortBy where
- newtype SortByOrder where
- SortByOrder' { }
- pattern SortByOrder_ASC :: SortByOrder
- pattern SortByOrder_DESC :: SortByOrder
- newtype SourceType where
- SourceType' { }
- pattern SourceType_Cluster :: SourceType
- pattern SourceType_Cluster_parameter_group :: SourceType
- pattern SourceType_Cluster_security_group :: SourceType
- pattern SourceType_Cluster_snapshot :: SourceType
- pattern SourceType_Scheduled_action :: SourceType
- newtype TableRestoreStatusType where
- TableRestoreStatusType' { }
- pattern TableRestoreStatusType_CANCELED :: TableRestoreStatusType
- pattern TableRestoreStatusType_FAILED :: TableRestoreStatusType
- pattern TableRestoreStatusType_IN_PROGRESS :: TableRestoreStatusType
- pattern TableRestoreStatusType_PENDING :: TableRestoreStatusType
- pattern TableRestoreStatusType_SUCCEEDED :: TableRestoreStatusType
- newtype UsageLimitBreachAction where
- newtype UsageLimitFeatureType where
- newtype UsageLimitLimitType where
- newtype UsageLimitPeriod where
- UsageLimitPeriod' { }
- pattern UsageLimitPeriod_Daily :: UsageLimitPeriod
- pattern UsageLimitPeriod_Monthly :: UsageLimitPeriod
- pattern UsageLimitPeriod_Weekly :: UsageLimitPeriod
- data AccountAttribute = AccountAttribute' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [AttributeValueTarget])
- newAccountAttribute :: AccountAttribute
- data AccountWithRestoreAccess = AccountWithRestoreAccess' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newAccountWithRestoreAccess :: AccountWithRestoreAccess
- data AquaConfiguration = AquaConfiguration' (Maybe AquaConfigurationStatus) (Maybe AquaStatus)
- newAquaConfiguration :: AquaConfiguration
- data AttributeValueTarget = AttributeValueTarget' (Maybe Text)
- newAttributeValueTarget :: AttributeValueTarget
- data AuthenticationProfile = AuthenticationProfile' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newAuthenticationProfile :: AuthenticationProfile
- data AvailabilityZone = AvailabilityZone' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [SupportedPlatform])
- newAvailabilityZone :: AvailabilityZone
- data Cluster = Cluster' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe AquaConfiguration) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ClusterNode]) (Maybe [ClusterParameterGroupStatus]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ClusterSecurityGroupMembership]) (Maybe ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe DataTransferProgress) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [DeferredMaintenanceWindow]) (Maybe ElasticIpStatus) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Endpoint) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe HsmStatus) (Maybe [ClusterIamRole]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe PendingModifiedValues) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe ReservedNodeExchangeStatus) (Maybe ResizeInfo) (Maybe RestoreStatus) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ScheduleState) (Maybe [Tag]) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [VpcSecurityGroupMembership])
- newCluster :: Cluster
- data ClusterAssociatedToSchedule = ClusterAssociatedToSchedule' (Maybe Text) (Maybe ScheduleState)
- newClusterAssociatedToSchedule :: ClusterAssociatedToSchedule
- data ClusterDbRevision = ClusterDbRevision' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe [RevisionTarget])
- newClusterDbRevision :: ClusterDbRevision
- data ClusterIamRole = ClusterIamRole' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newClusterIamRole :: ClusterIamRole
- data ClusterNode = ClusterNode' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newClusterNode :: ClusterNode
- data ClusterParameterGroup = ClusterParameterGroup' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Tag])
- newClusterParameterGroup :: ClusterParameterGroup
- data ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage = ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newClusterParameterGroupNameMessage :: ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage
- data ClusterParameterGroupStatus = ClusterParameterGroupStatus' (Maybe [ClusterParameterStatus]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newClusterParameterGroupStatus :: ClusterParameterGroupStatus
- data ClusterParameterStatus = ClusterParameterStatus' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newClusterParameterStatus :: ClusterParameterStatus
- data ClusterSecurityGroup = ClusterSecurityGroup' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [EC2SecurityGroup]) (Maybe [IPRange]) (Maybe [Tag])
- newClusterSecurityGroup :: ClusterSecurityGroup
- data ClusterSecurityGroupMembership = ClusterSecurityGroupMembership' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newClusterSecurityGroupMembership :: ClusterSecurityGroupMembership
- data ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus = ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Text)
- newClusterSnapshotCopyStatus :: ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus
- data ClusterSubnetGroup = ClusterSubnetGroup' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Subnet]) (Maybe [Tag]) (Maybe Text)
- newClusterSubnetGroup :: ClusterSubnetGroup
- data ClusterVersion = ClusterVersion' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newClusterVersion :: ClusterVersion
- data DataShare = DataShare' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [DataShareAssociation]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newDataShare :: DataShare
- data DataShareAssociation = DataShareAssociation' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe DataShareStatus) (Maybe ISO8601)
- newDataShareAssociation :: DataShareAssociation
- data DataTransferProgress = DataTransferProgress' (Maybe Double) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Integer)
- newDataTransferProgress :: DataTransferProgress
- data DefaultClusterParameters = DefaultClusterParameters' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Parameter])
- newDefaultClusterParameters :: DefaultClusterParameters
- data DeferredMaintenanceWindow = DeferredMaintenanceWindow' (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601)
- newDeferredMaintenanceWindow :: DeferredMaintenanceWindow
- data DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage = DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage' (Maybe Text) Text
- newDeleteClusterSnapshotMessage :: Text -> DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage
- data EC2SecurityGroup = EC2SecurityGroup' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Tag])
- newEC2SecurityGroup :: EC2SecurityGroup
- data ElasticIpStatus = ElasticIpStatus' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newElasticIpStatus :: ElasticIpStatus
- data Endpoint = Endpoint' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe [VpcEndpoint])
- newEndpoint :: Endpoint
- data EndpointAccess = EndpointAccess' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe VpcEndpoint) (Maybe [VpcSecurityGroupMembership])
- newEndpointAccess :: EndpointAccess
- data EndpointAuthorization = EndpointAuthorization' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe AuthorizationStatus)
- newEndpointAuthorization :: EndpointAuthorization
- data Event = Event' (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe SourceType)
- newEvent :: Event
- data EventCategoriesMap = EventCategoriesMap' (Maybe [EventInfoMap]) (Maybe Text)
- newEventCategoriesMap :: EventCategoriesMap
- data EventInfoMap = EventInfoMap' (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newEventInfoMap :: EventInfoMap
- data EventSubscription = EventSubscription' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe [Tag])
- newEventSubscription :: EventSubscription
- data HsmClientCertificate = HsmClientCertificate' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Tag])
- newHsmClientCertificate :: HsmClientCertificate
- data HsmConfiguration = HsmConfiguration' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Tag])
- newHsmConfiguration :: HsmConfiguration
- data HsmStatus = HsmStatus' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newHsmStatus :: HsmStatus
- data IPRange = IPRange' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Tag])
- newIPRange :: IPRange
- data LoggingStatus = LoggingStatus' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe LogDestinationType) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text)
- newLoggingStatus :: LoggingStatus
- data MaintenanceTrack = MaintenanceTrack' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [UpdateTarget])
- newMaintenanceTrack :: MaintenanceTrack
- data NetworkInterface = NetworkInterface' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newNetworkInterface :: NetworkInterface
- data NodeConfigurationOption = NodeConfigurationOption' (Maybe Double) (Maybe Mode) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int)
- newNodeConfigurationOption :: NodeConfigurationOption
- data NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter = NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter' (Maybe NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName) (Maybe OperatorType) (Maybe [Text])
- newNodeConfigurationOptionsFilter :: NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter
- data OrderableClusterOption = OrderableClusterOption' (Maybe [AvailabilityZone]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newOrderableClusterOption :: OrderableClusterOption
- data Parameter = Parameter' (Maybe Text) (Maybe ParameterApplyType) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newParameter :: Parameter
- data PartnerIntegrationInfo = PartnerIntegrationInfo' (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe PartnerIntegrationStatus) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601)
- newPartnerIntegrationInfo :: PartnerIntegrationInfo
- data PartnerIntegrationInputMessage = PartnerIntegrationInputMessage' Text Text Text Text
- newPartnerIntegrationInputMessage :: Text -> Text -> Text -> Text -> PartnerIntegrationInputMessage
- data PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage = PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newPartnerIntegrationOutputMessage :: PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage
- data PauseClusterMessage = PauseClusterMessage' Text
- newPauseClusterMessage :: Text -> PauseClusterMessage
- data PendingModifiedValues = PendingModifiedValues' (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Bool)
- newPendingModifiedValues :: PendingModifiedValues
- data RecurringCharge = RecurringCharge' (Maybe Double) (Maybe Text)
- newRecurringCharge :: RecurringCharge
- data ReservedNode = ReservedNode' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Double) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [RecurringCharge]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ReservedNodeOfferingType) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Double)
- newReservedNode :: ReservedNode
- data ReservedNodeConfigurationOption = ReservedNodeConfigurationOption' (Maybe ReservedNode) (Maybe Int) (Maybe ReservedNodeOffering)
- newReservedNodeConfigurationOption :: ReservedNodeConfigurationOption
- data ReservedNodeExchangeStatus = ReservedNodeExchangeStatus' (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ReservedNodeExchangeStatusType) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newReservedNodeExchangeStatus :: ReservedNodeExchangeStatus
- data ReservedNodeOffering = ReservedNodeOffering' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Double) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [RecurringCharge]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ReservedNodeOfferingType) (Maybe Double)
- newReservedNodeOffering :: ReservedNodeOffering
- data ResizeClusterMessage = ResizeClusterMessage' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Text
- newResizeClusterMessage :: Text -> ResizeClusterMessage
- data ResizeInfo = ResizeInfo' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text)
- newResizeInfo :: ResizeInfo
- data ResizeProgressMessage = ResizeProgressMessage' (Maybe Double) (Maybe Double) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Integer)
- newResizeProgressMessage :: ResizeProgressMessage
- data RestoreStatus = RestoreStatus' (Maybe Double) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Text)
- newRestoreStatus :: RestoreStatus
- data ResumeClusterMessage = ResumeClusterMessage' Text
- newResumeClusterMessage :: Text -> ResumeClusterMessage
- data RevisionTarget = RevisionTarget' (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text)
- newRevisionTarget :: RevisionTarget
- data ScheduledAction = ScheduledAction' (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ISO8601]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe ScheduledActionState) (Maybe ScheduledActionType)
- newScheduledAction :: ScheduledAction
- data ScheduledActionFilter = ScheduledActionFilter' ScheduledActionFilterName [Text]
- newScheduledActionFilter :: ScheduledActionFilterName -> ScheduledActionFilter
- data ScheduledActionType = ScheduledActionType' (Maybe PauseClusterMessage) (Maybe ResizeClusterMessage) (Maybe ResumeClusterMessage)
- newScheduledActionType :: ScheduledActionType
- data Snapshot = Snapshot' (Maybe [AccountWithRestoreAccess]) (Maybe Double) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Double) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Double) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Tag]) (Maybe Double) (Maybe Text)
- newSnapshot :: Snapshot
- data SnapshotCopyGrant = SnapshotCopyGrant' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Tag])
- newSnapshotCopyGrant :: SnapshotCopyGrant
- data SnapshotErrorMessage = SnapshotErrorMessage' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newSnapshotErrorMessage :: SnapshotErrorMessage
- data SnapshotSchedule = SnapshotSchedule' (Maybe Int) (Maybe [ClusterAssociatedToSchedule]) (Maybe [ISO8601]) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Tag])
- newSnapshotSchedule :: SnapshotSchedule
- data SnapshotSortingEntity = SnapshotSortingEntity' (Maybe SortByOrder) SnapshotAttributeToSortBy
- newSnapshotSortingEntity :: SnapshotAttributeToSortBy -> SnapshotSortingEntity
- data Subnet = Subnet' (Maybe AvailabilityZone) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newSubnet :: Subnet
- data SupportedOperation = SupportedOperation' (Maybe Text)
- newSupportedOperation :: SupportedOperation
- data SupportedPlatform = SupportedPlatform' (Maybe Text)
- newSupportedPlatform :: SupportedPlatform
- data TableRestoreStatus = TableRestoreStatus' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe TableRestoreStatusType) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Integer)
- newTableRestoreStatus :: TableRestoreStatus
- data Tag = Tag' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newTag :: Tag
- data TaggedResource = TaggedResource' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Tag)
- newTaggedResource :: TaggedResource
- data UpdateTarget = UpdateTarget' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [SupportedOperation])
- newUpdateTarget :: UpdateTarget
- data UsageLimit = UsageLimit' (Maybe Integer) (Maybe UsageLimitBreachAction) (Maybe Text) (Maybe UsageLimitFeatureType) (Maybe UsageLimitLimitType) (Maybe UsageLimitPeriod) (Maybe [Tag]) (Maybe Text)
- newUsageLimit :: UsageLimit
- data VpcEndpoint = VpcEndpoint' (Maybe [NetworkInterface]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newVpcEndpoint :: VpcEndpoint
- data VpcSecurityGroupMembership = VpcSecurityGroupMembership' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text)
- newVpcSecurityGroupMembership :: VpcSecurityGroupMembership
Service Configuration
defaultService :: Service Source #
API version 2012-12-01 of the Amazon Redshift SDK configuration.
Errors
Error matchers are designed for use with the functions provided by
Control.Exception.Lens.
This allows catching (and rethrowing) service specific errors returned
by Redshift.
AccessToClusterDeniedFault
_AccessToClusterDeniedFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
You are not authorized to access the cluster.
AccessToSnapshotDeniedFault
_AccessToSnapshotDeniedFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The owner of the specified snapshot has not authorized your account to access the snapshot.
AuthenticationProfileAlreadyExistsFault
_AuthenticationProfileAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The authentication profile already exists.
AuthenticationProfileNotFoundFault
_AuthenticationProfileNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The authentication profile can't be found.
AuthenticationProfileQuotaExceededFault
_AuthenticationProfileQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The size or number of authentication profiles has exceeded the quota. The maximum length of the JSON string and maximum number of authentication profiles is determined by a quota for your account.
AuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault
_AuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The specified CIDR block or EC2 security group is already authorized for the specified cluster security group.
AuthorizationNotFoundFault
_AuthorizationNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The specified CIDR IP range or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified cluster security group.
AuthorizationQuotaExceededFault
_AuthorizationQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The authorization quota for the cluster security group has been reached.
BatchDeleteRequestSizeExceededFault
_BatchDeleteRequestSizeExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The maximum number for a batch delete of snapshots has been reached. The limit is 100.
BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsLimitExceededFault
_BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsLimitExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The maximum number for snapshot identifiers has been reached. The limit is 100.
BucketNotFoundFault
_BucketNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
Could not find the specified S3 bucket.
ClusterAlreadyExistsFault
_ClusterAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The account already has a cluster with the given identifier.
ClusterNotFoundFault
_ClusterNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
ClusterOnLatestRevisionFault
_ClusterOnLatestRevisionFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
Cluster is already on the latest database revision.
ClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault
_ClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
A cluster parameter group with the same name already exists.
ClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault
_ClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.
ClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault
_ClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster parameter groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
ClusterQuotaExceededFault
_ClusterQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The request would exceed the allowed number of cluster instances for this account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
ClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault
_ClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
A cluster security group with the same name already exists.
ClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault
_ClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security group.
ClusterSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault
_ClusterSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster security groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault
_ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The value specified as a snapshot identifier is already used by an existing snapshot.
ClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault
_ClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.
ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceededFault
_ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster snapshots.
ClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault
_ClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
A ClusterSubnetGroupName is already used by an existing cluster subnet group.
ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault
_ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet group.
ClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault
_ClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of cluster subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
ClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault
_ClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets in a cluster subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
CopyToRegionDisabledFault
_CopyToRegionDisabledFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
Cross-region snapshot copy was temporarily disabled. Try your request again.
DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault
_DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.
DependentServiceUnavailableFault
_DependentServiceUnavailableFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
Your request cannot be completed because a dependent internal service is temporarily unavailable. Wait 30 to 60 seconds and try again.
EndpointAlreadyExistsFault
_EndpointAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The account already has a Redshift-managed VPC endpoint with the given identifier.
EndpointAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault
_EndpointAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The authorization already exists for this endpoint.
EndpointAuthorizationNotFoundFault
_EndpointAuthorizationNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The authorization for this endpoint can't be found.
EndpointAuthorizationsPerClusterLimitExceededFault
_EndpointAuthorizationsPerClusterLimitExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The number of endpoint authorizations per cluster has exceeded its limit.
EndpointNotFoundFault
_EndpointNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The endpoint name doesn't refer to an existing endpoint.
EndpointsPerAuthorizationLimitExceededFault
_EndpointsPerAuthorizationLimitExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The number of Redshift-managed VPC endpoints per authorization has exceeded its limit.
EndpointsPerClusterLimitExceededFault
_EndpointsPerClusterLimitExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The number of Redshift-managed VPC endpoints per cluster has exceeded its limit.
EventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault
_EventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The request would exceed the allowed number of event subscriptions for this account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
HsmClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault
_HsmClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
There is already an existing Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.
HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault
_HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.
HsmClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault
_HsmClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The quota for HSM client certificates has been reached. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
HsmConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault
_HsmConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
There is already an existing Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.
HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault
_HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.
HsmConfigurationQuotaExceededFault
_HsmConfigurationQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The quota for HSM configurations has been reached. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
InProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault
_InProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
You have exceeded the allowed number of table restore requests. Wait for your current table restore requests to complete before making a new request.
IncompatibleOrderableOptions
_IncompatibleOrderableOptions :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The specified options are incompatible.
InsufficientClusterCapacityFault
_InsufficientClusterCapacityFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The number of nodes specified exceeds the allotted capacity of the cluster.
InsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault
_InsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The cluster does not have read bucket or put object permissions on the S3 bucket specified when enabling logging.
InvalidAuthenticationProfileRequestFault
_InvalidAuthenticationProfileRequestFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The authentication profile request is not valid. The profile name can't be null or empty. The authentication profile API operation must be available in the Amazon Web Services Region.
InvalidAuthorizationStateFault
_InvalidAuthorizationStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The status of the authorization is not valid.
InvalidClusterParameterGroupStateFault
_InvalidClusterParameterGroupStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The cluster parameter group action can not be completed because another task is in progress that involves the parameter group. Wait a few moments and try the operation again.
InvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault
_InvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The state of the cluster security group is not available.
InvalidClusterSnapshotScheduleStateFault
_InvalidClusterSnapshotScheduleStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The cluster snapshot schedule state is not valid.
InvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault
_InvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other
accounts are authorized to access the snapshot.
InvalidClusterStateFault
_InvalidClusterStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The specified cluster is not in the available state.
InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault
_InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The cluster subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use.
InvalidClusterSubnetStateFault
_InvalidClusterSubnetStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The state of the subnet is invalid.
InvalidClusterTrackFault
_InvalidClusterTrackFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The provided cluster track name is not valid.
InvalidDataShareFault
_InvalidDataShareFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
There is an error with the datashare.
InvalidElasticIpFault
_InvalidElasticIpFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The Elastic IP (EIP) is invalid or cannot be found.
InvalidEndpointStateFault
_InvalidEndpointStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The status of the endpoint is not valid.
InvalidHsmClientCertificateStateFault
_InvalidHsmClientCertificateStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The specified HSM client certificate is not in the available state, or
it is still in use by one or more Amazon Redshift clusters.
InvalidHsmConfigurationStateFault
_InvalidHsmConfigurationStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The specified HSM configuration is not in the available state, or it
is still in use by one or more Amazon Redshift clusters.
InvalidNamespaceFault
_InvalidNamespaceFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The namespace isn't valid because the namespace doesn't exist. Provide a valid namespace.
InvalidReservedNodeStateFault
_InvalidReservedNodeStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
Indicates that the Reserved Node being exchanged is not in an active state.
InvalidRestoreFault
_InvalidRestoreFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The restore is invalid.
InvalidRetentionPeriodFault
_InvalidRetentionPeriodFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The retention period specified is either in the past or is not a valid value.
The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
InvalidS3BucketNameFault
_InvalidS3BucketNameFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The S3 bucket name is invalid. For more information about naming rules, go to Bucket Restrictions and Limitations in the Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) Developer Guide.
InvalidS3KeyPrefixFault
_InvalidS3KeyPrefixFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The string specified for the logging S3 key prefix does not comply with the documented constraints.
InvalidScheduleFault
_InvalidScheduleFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The schedule you submitted isn't valid.
InvalidScheduledActionFault
_InvalidScheduledActionFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The scheduled action is not valid.
InvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault
_InvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The snapshot copy grant can't be deleted because it is used by one or more clusters.
InvalidSubnet
_InvalidSubnet :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The requested subnet is not valid, or not all of the subnets are in the same VPC.
InvalidSubscriptionStateFault
_InvalidSubscriptionStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The subscription request is invalid because it is a duplicate request. This subscription request is already in progress.
InvalidTableRestoreArgumentFault
_InvalidTableRestoreArgumentFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The value specified for the sourceDatabaseName, sourceSchemaName, or
sourceTableName parameter, or a combination of these, doesn't exist
in the snapshot.
InvalidTagFault
_InvalidTagFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The tag is invalid.
InvalidUsageLimitFault
_InvalidUsageLimitFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The usage limit is not valid.
InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault
_InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The cluster subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones.
LimitExceededFault
_LimitExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in Amazon Web Services KMS.
NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceededFault
_NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The operation would exceed the number of nodes allowed for a cluster.
NumberOfNodesQuotaExceededFault
_NumberOfNodesQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The operation would exceed the number of nodes allotted to the account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
PartnerNotFoundFault
_PartnerNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The name of the partner was not found.
ReservedNodeAlreadyExistsFault
_ReservedNodeAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
User already has a reservation with the given identifier.
ReservedNodeAlreadyMigratedFault
_ReservedNodeAlreadyMigratedFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
Indicates that the reserved node has already been exchanged.
ReservedNodeExchangeNotFoundFault
_ReservedNodeExchangeNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The reserved-node exchange status wasn't found.
ReservedNodeNotFoundFault
_ReservedNodeNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The specified reserved compute node not found.
ReservedNodeOfferingNotFoundFault
_ReservedNodeOfferingNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
Specified offering does not exist.
ReservedNodeQuotaExceededFault
_ReservedNodeQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
Request would exceed the user's compute node quota. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
ResizeNotFoundFault
_ResizeNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
A resize operation for the specified cluster is not found.
ResourceNotFoundFault
_ResourceNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The resource could not be found.
SNSInvalidTopicFault
_SNSInvalidTopicFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
Amazon SNS has responded that there is a problem with the specified Amazon SNS topic.
SNSNoAuthorizationFault
_SNSNoAuthorizationFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
You do not have permission to publish to the specified Amazon SNS topic.
SNSTopicArnNotFoundFault
_SNSTopicArnNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
An Amazon SNS topic with the specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not exist.
ScheduleDefinitionTypeUnsupportedFault
_ScheduleDefinitionTypeUnsupportedFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The definition you submitted is not supported.
ScheduledActionAlreadyExistsFault
_ScheduledActionAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The scheduled action already exists.
ScheduledActionNotFoundFault
_ScheduledActionNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The scheduled action cannot be found.
ScheduledActionQuotaExceededFault
_ScheduledActionQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The quota for scheduled actions exceeded.
ScheduledActionTypeUnsupportedFault
_ScheduledActionTypeUnsupportedFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The action type specified for a scheduled action is not supported.
SnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault
_SnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The cluster already has cross-region snapshot copy disabled.
SnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault
_SnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The cluster already has cross-region snapshot copy enabled.
SnapshotCopyDisabledFault
_SnapshotCopyDisabledFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
Cross-region snapshot copy was temporarily disabled. Try your request again.
SnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault
_SnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The snapshot copy grant can't be created because a grant with the same name already exists.
SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault
_SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The specified snapshot copy grant can't be found. Make sure that the name is typed correctly and that the grant exists in the destination region.
SnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault
_SnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The Amazon Web Services account has exceeded the maximum number of snapshot copy grants in this region.
SnapshotScheduleAlreadyExistsFault
_SnapshotScheduleAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The specified snapshot schedule already exists.
SnapshotScheduleNotFoundFault
_SnapshotScheduleNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
We could not find the specified snapshot schedule.
SnapshotScheduleQuotaExceededFault
_SnapshotScheduleQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
You have exceeded the quota of snapshot schedules.
SnapshotScheduleUpdateInProgressFault
_SnapshotScheduleUpdateInProgressFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The specified snapshot schedule is already being updated.
SourceNotFoundFault
_SourceNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The specified Amazon Redshift event source could not be found.
SubnetAlreadyInUse
_SubnetAlreadyInUse :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
A specified subnet is already in use by another cluster.
SubscriptionAlreadyExistFault
_SubscriptionAlreadyExistFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
There is already an existing event notification subscription with the specified name.
SubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault
_SubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The value specified for the event category was not one of the allowed values, or it specified a category that does not apply to the specified source type. The allowed values are Configuration, Management, Monitoring, and Security.
SubscriptionEventIdNotFoundFault
_SubscriptionEventIdNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
An Amazon Redshift event with the specified event ID does not exist.
SubscriptionNotFoundFault
_SubscriptionNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
An Amazon Redshift event notification subscription with the specified name does not exist.
SubscriptionSeverityNotFoundFault
_SubscriptionSeverityNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The value specified for the event severity was not one of the allowed values, or it specified a severity that does not apply to the specified source type. The allowed values are ERROR and INFO.
TableLimitExceededFault
_TableLimitExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The number of tables in the cluster exceeds the limit for the requested new cluster node type.
TableRestoreNotFoundFault
_TableRestoreNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The specified TableRestoreRequestId value was not found.
TagLimitExceededFault
_TagLimitExceededFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
You have exceeded the number of tags allowed.
UnauthorizedOperation
_UnauthorizedOperation :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
UnauthorizedPartnerIntegrationFault
_UnauthorizedPartnerIntegrationFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The partner integration is not authorized.
UnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault
_UnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The specified region is incorrect or does not exist.
UnsupportedOperationFault
_UnsupportedOperationFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The requested operation isn't supported.
UnsupportedOptionFault
_UnsupportedOptionFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
A request option was specified that is not supported.
UsageLimitAlreadyExistsFault
_UsageLimitAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The usage limit already exists.
UsageLimitNotFoundFault
_UsageLimitNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Fold a ServiceError Source #
The usage limit identifier can't be found.
Waiters
Waiters poll by repeatedly sending a request until some remote success condition
configured by the Wait specification is fulfilled. The Wait specification
determines how many attempts should be made, in addition to delay and retry strategies.
ClusterAvailable
newClusterAvailable :: Wait DescribeClusters Source #
Polls DescribeClusters every 60 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 30 failed checks.
ClusterDeleted
newClusterDeleted :: Wait DescribeClusters Source #
Polls DescribeClusters every 60 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 30 failed checks.
ClusterRestored
newClusterRestored :: Wait DescribeClusters Source #
Polls DescribeClusters every 60 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 30 failed checks.
SnapshotAvailable
newSnapshotAvailable :: Wait DescribeClusterSnapshots Source #
Polls DescribeClusterSnapshots every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 20 failed checks.
Operations
Some AWS operations return results that are incomplete and require subsequent
requests in order to obtain the entire result set. The process of sending
subsequent requests to continue where a previous request left off is called
pagination. For example, the ListObjects operation of Amazon S3 returns up to
1000 objects at a time, and you must send subsequent requests with the
appropriate Marker in order to retrieve the next page of results.
Operations that have an AWSPager instance can transparently perform subsequent
requests, correctly setting Markers and other request facets to iterate through
the entire result set of a truncated API operation. Operations which support
this have an additional note in the documentation.
Many operations have the ability to filter results on the server side. See the individual operation parameters for details.
AcceptReservedNodeExchange
data AcceptReservedNodeExchange Source #
See: newAcceptReservedNodeExchange smart constructor.
Constructors
| AcceptReservedNodeExchange' Text Text |
Instances
newAcceptReservedNodeExchange Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> AcceptReservedNodeExchange |
Create a value of AcceptReservedNodeExchange with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
AcceptReservedNodeExchange, acceptReservedNodeExchange_reservedNodeId - A string representing the node identifier of the DC1 Reserved Node to be
exchanged.
AcceptReservedNodeExchange, acceptReservedNodeExchange_targetReservedNodeOfferingId - The unique identifier of the DC2 Reserved Node offering to be used for
the exchange. You can obtain the value for the parameter by calling
GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings
data AcceptReservedNodeExchangeResponse Source #
See: newAcceptReservedNodeExchangeResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| AcceptReservedNodeExchangeResponse' (Maybe ReservedNode) Int |
Instances
newAcceptReservedNodeExchangeResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> AcceptReservedNodeExchangeResponse |
Create a value of AcceptReservedNodeExchangeResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:exchangedReservedNode:AcceptReservedNodeExchangeResponse', acceptReservedNodeExchangeResponse_exchangedReservedNode -
$sel:httpStatus:AcceptReservedNodeExchangeResponse', acceptReservedNodeExchangeResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
AddPartner
data AddPartner Source #
See: newAddPartner smart constructor.
Constructors
| AddPartner' Text Text Text Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> AddPartner |
Create a value of AddPartner with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
AddPartner, addPartner_accountId - The Amazon Web Services account ID that owns the cluster.
AddPartner, addPartner_clusterIdentifier - The cluster identifier of the cluster that receives data from the
partner.
AddPartner, addPartner_databaseName - The name of the database that receives data from the partner.
AddPartner, addPartner_partnerName - The name of the partner that is authorized to send data.
data PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage Source #
See: newPartnerIntegrationOutputMessage smart constructor.
Constructors
| PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newPartnerIntegrationOutputMessage :: PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage Source #
Create a value of PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:databaseName:PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage', partnerIntegrationOutputMessage_databaseName - The name of the database that receives data from the partner.
$sel:partnerName:PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage', partnerIntegrationOutputMessage_partnerName - The name of the partner that is authorized to send data.
AssociateDataShareConsumer
data AssociateDataShareConsumer Source #
See: newAssociateDataShareConsumer smart constructor.
Instances
newAssociateDataShareConsumer Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> AssociateDataShareConsumer |
Create a value of AssociateDataShareConsumer with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:associateEntireAccount:AssociateDataShareConsumer', associateDataShareConsumer_associateEntireAccount - A value that specifies whether the datashare is associated with the
entire account.
$sel:consumerArn:AssociateDataShareConsumer', associateDataShareConsumer_consumerArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the consumer that is associated with
the datashare.
AssociateDataShareConsumer, associateDataShareConsumer_consumerRegion - From a datashare consumer account, associates a datashare with all
existing and future namespaces in the specified Amazon Web Services
Region.
AssociateDataShareConsumer, associateDataShareConsumer_dataShareArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the datashare that the consumer is to
use with the account or the namespace.
See: newDataShare smart constructor.
Constructors
| DataShare' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [DataShareAssociation]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newDataShare :: DataShare Source #
Create a value of DataShare with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:allowPubliclyAccessibleConsumers:DataShare', dataShare_allowPubliclyAccessibleConsumers - A value that specifies whether the datashare can be shared to a publicly
accessible cluster.
$sel:dataShareArn:DataShare', dataShare_dataShareArn - An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that references the datashare that is
owned by a specific namespace of the producer cluster. A datashare ARN
is in the
arn:aws:redshift:{region}:{account-id}:{datashare}:{namespace-guid}/{datashare-name}
format.
$sel:dataShareAssociations:DataShare', dataShare_dataShareAssociations - A value that specifies when the datashare has an association between
producer and data consumers.
$sel:managedBy:DataShare', dataShare_managedBy - The identifier of a datashare to show its managing entity.
$sel:producerArn:DataShare', dataShare_producerArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the producer.
AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress
data AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress Source #
See: newAuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress smart constructor.
Instances
newAuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress Source #
Create a value of AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress, authorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress_cidrip - The IP range to be added the Amazon Redshift security group.
AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress, authorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress_eC2SecurityGroupName - The EC2 security group to be added the Amazon Redshift security group.
AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress, authorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress_eC2SecurityGroupOwnerId - The Amazon Web Services account number of the owner of the security
group specified by the EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The Amazon Web
Services Access Key ID is not an acceptable value.
Example: 111122223333
AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress, authorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress_clusterSecurityGroupName - The name of the security group to which the ingress rule is added.
data AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse Source #
See: newAuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newAuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int |
|
| -> AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse |
Create a value of AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clusterSecurityGroup:AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse', authorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse_clusterSecurityGroup - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse', authorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
AuthorizeDataShare
data AuthorizeDataShare Source #
See: newAuthorizeDataShare smart constructor.
Constructors
| AuthorizeDataShare' Text Text |
Instances
newAuthorizeDataShare Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> AuthorizeDataShare |
Create a value of AuthorizeDataShare with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
AuthorizeDataShare, authorizeDataShare_dataShareArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the datashare that producers are to
authorize sharing for.
AuthorizeDataShare, authorizeDataShare_consumerIdentifier - The identifier of the data consumer that is authorized to access the
datashare. This identifier is an Amazon Web Services account ID or a
keyword, such as ADX.
See: newDataShare smart constructor.
Constructors
| DataShare' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [DataShareAssociation]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newDataShare :: DataShare Source #
Create a value of DataShare with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:allowPubliclyAccessibleConsumers:DataShare', dataShare_allowPubliclyAccessibleConsumers - A value that specifies whether the datashare can be shared to a publicly
accessible cluster.
$sel:dataShareArn:DataShare', dataShare_dataShareArn - An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that references the datashare that is
owned by a specific namespace of the producer cluster. A datashare ARN
is in the
arn:aws:redshift:{region}:{account-id}:{datashare}:{namespace-guid}/{datashare-name}
format.
$sel:dataShareAssociations:DataShare', dataShare_dataShareAssociations - A value that specifies when the datashare has an association between
producer and data consumers.
$sel:managedBy:DataShare', dataShare_managedBy - The identifier of a datashare to show its managing entity.
$sel:producerArn:DataShare', dataShare_producerArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the producer.
AuthorizeEndpointAccess
data AuthorizeEndpointAccess Source #
See: newAuthorizeEndpointAccess smart constructor.
Instances
newAuthorizeEndpointAccess Source #
Create a value of AuthorizeEndpointAccess with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
AuthorizeEndpointAccess, authorizeEndpointAccess_clusterIdentifier - The cluster identifier of the cluster to grant access to.
$sel:vpcIds:AuthorizeEndpointAccess', authorizeEndpointAccess_vpcIds - The virtual private cloud (VPC) identifiers to grant access to.
$sel:account:AuthorizeEndpointAccess', authorizeEndpointAccess_account - The Amazon Web Services account ID to grant access to.
data EndpointAuthorization Source #
Describes an endpoint authorization for authorizing Redshift-managed VPC endpoint access to a cluster across Amazon Web Services accounts.
See: newEndpointAuthorization smart constructor.
Constructors
| EndpointAuthorization' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe AuthorizationStatus) |
Instances
newEndpointAuthorization :: EndpointAuthorization Source #
Create a value of EndpointAuthorization with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:allowedAllVPCs:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_allowedAllVPCs - Indicates whether all VPCs in the grantee account are allowed access to
the cluster.
$sel:allowedVPCs:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_allowedVPCs - The VPCs allowed access to the cluster.
$sel:authorizeTime:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_authorizeTime - The time (UTC) when the authorization was created.
$sel:clusterIdentifier:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_clusterIdentifier - The cluster identifier.
$sel:clusterStatus:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_clusterStatus - The status of the cluster.
$sel:endpointCount:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_endpointCount - The number of Redshift-managed VPC endpoints created for the
authorization.
$sel:grantee:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_grantee - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the grantee of the cluster.
$sel:grantor:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_grantor - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the cluster owner.
$sel:status:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_status - The status of the authorization action.
AuthorizeSnapshotAccess
data AuthorizeSnapshotAccess Source #
See: newAuthorizeSnapshotAccess smart constructor.
Instances
newAuthorizeSnapshotAccess Source #
Create a value of AuthorizeSnapshotAccess with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:snapshotArn:AuthorizeSnapshotAccess', authorizeSnapshotAccess_snapshotArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot to authorize access to.
AuthorizeSnapshotAccess, authorizeSnapshotAccess_snapshotClusterIdentifier - The identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This
parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a
snapshot resource element that specifies anything other than * for the
cluster name.
AuthorizeSnapshotAccess, authorizeSnapshotAccess_snapshotIdentifier - The identifier of the snapshot the account is authorized to restore.
$sel:accountWithRestoreAccess:AuthorizeSnapshotAccess', authorizeSnapshotAccess_accountWithRestoreAccess - The identifier of the Amazon Web Services account authorized to restore
the specified snapshot.
To share a snapshot with Amazon Web Services Support, specify amazon-redshift-support.
data AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse Source #
See: newAuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse' (Maybe Snapshot) Int |
Instances
newAuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse Source #
Create a value of AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:snapshot:AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse', authorizeSnapshotAccessResponse_snapshot - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse', authorizeSnapshotAccessResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
BatchDeleteClusterSnapshots
data BatchDeleteClusterSnapshots Source #
See: newBatchDeleteClusterSnapshots smart constructor.
Constructors
| BatchDeleteClusterSnapshots' [DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage] |
Instances
newBatchDeleteClusterSnapshots :: BatchDeleteClusterSnapshots Source #
Create a value of BatchDeleteClusterSnapshots with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:identifiers:BatchDeleteClusterSnapshots', batchDeleteClusterSnapshots_identifiers - A list of identifiers for the snapshots that you want to delete.
data BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse Source #
See: newBatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse' (Maybe [SnapshotErrorMessage]) (Maybe [Text]) Int |
Instances
newBatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse |
Create a value of BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:errors:BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse', batchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse_errors - A list of any errors returned.
$sel:resources:BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse', batchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse_resources - A list of the snapshot identifiers that were deleted.
$sel:httpStatus:BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse', batchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
BatchModifyClusterSnapshots
data BatchModifyClusterSnapshots Source #
See: newBatchModifyClusterSnapshots smart constructor.
Instances
newBatchModifyClusterSnapshots :: BatchModifyClusterSnapshots Source #
Create a value of BatchModifyClusterSnapshots with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:force:BatchModifyClusterSnapshots', batchModifyClusterSnapshots_force - A boolean value indicating whether to override an exception if the
retention period has passed.
BatchModifyClusterSnapshots, batchModifyClusterSnapshots_manualSnapshotRetentionPeriod - The number of days that a manual snapshot is retained. If you specify
the value -1, the manual snapshot is retained indefinitely.
The number must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
If you decrease the manual snapshot retention period from its current value, existing manual snapshots that fall outside of the new retention period will return an error. If you want to suppress the errors and delete the snapshots, use the force option.
$sel:snapshotIdentifierList:BatchModifyClusterSnapshots', batchModifyClusterSnapshots_snapshotIdentifierList - A list of snapshot identifiers you want to modify.
data BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse Source #
See: newBatchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse' (Maybe [SnapshotErrorMessage]) (Maybe [Text]) Int |
Instances
newBatchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse |
Create a value of BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:errors:BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse', batchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse_errors - A list of any errors returned.
$sel:resources:BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse', batchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse_resources - A list of the snapshots that were modified.
$sel:httpStatus:BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse', batchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
CancelResize
data CancelResize Source #
See: newCancelResize smart constructor.
Constructors
| CancelResize' Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> CancelResize |
Create a value of CancelResize with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
CancelResize, cancelResize_clusterIdentifier - The unique identifier for the cluster that you want to cancel a resize
operation for.
data ResizeProgressMessage Source #
Describes the result of a cluster resize operation.
See: newResizeProgressMessage smart constructor.
Constructors
| ResizeProgressMessage' (Maybe Double) (Maybe Double) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Integer) |
Instances
newResizeProgressMessage :: ResizeProgressMessage Source #
Create a value of ResizeProgressMessage with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:avgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_avgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond - The average rate of the resize operation over the last few minutes,
measured in megabytes per second. After the resize operation completes,
this value shows the average rate of the entire resize operation.
$sel:dataTransferProgressPercent:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_dataTransferProgressPercent - The percent of data transferred from source cluster to target cluster.
$sel:elapsedTimeInSeconds:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_elapsedTimeInSeconds - The amount of seconds that have elapsed since the resize operation
began. After the resize operation completes, this value shows the total
actual time, in seconds, for the resize operation.
$sel:estimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_estimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds - The estimated time remaining, in seconds, until the resize operation is
complete. This value is calculated based on the average resize rate and
the estimated amount of data remaining to be processed. Once the resize
operation is complete, this value will be 0.
$sel:importTablesCompleted:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_importTablesCompleted - The names of tables that have been completely imported .
Valid Values: List of table names.
$sel:importTablesInProgress:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_importTablesInProgress - The names of tables that are being currently imported.
Valid Values: List of table names.
$sel:importTablesNotStarted:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_importTablesNotStarted - The names of tables that have not been yet imported.
Valid Values: List of table names
$sel:message:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_message - An optional string to provide additional details about the resize
action.
$sel:progressInMegaBytes:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_progressInMegaBytes - While the resize operation is in progress, this value shows the current
amount of data, in megabytes, that has been processed so far. When the
resize operation is complete, this value shows the total amount of data,
in megabytes, on the cluster, which may be more or less than
TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes (the estimated total amount of data before
resize).
$sel:resizeType:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_resizeType - An enum with possible values of ClassicResize and ElasticResize.
These values describe the type of resize operation being performed.
$sel:status:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_status - The status of the resize operation.
Valid Values: NONE | IN_PROGRESS | FAILED | SUCCEEDED |
CANCELLING
$sel:targetClusterType:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_targetClusterType - The cluster type after the resize operation is complete.
Valid Values: multi-node | single-node
$sel:targetEncryptionType:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_targetEncryptionType - The type of encryption for the cluster after the resize is complete.
Possible values are KMS and None.
$sel:targetNodeType:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_targetNodeType - The node type that the cluster will have after the resize operation is
complete.
$sel:targetNumberOfNodes:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_targetNumberOfNodes - The number of nodes that the cluster will have after the resize
operation is complete.
$sel:totalResizeDataInMegaBytes:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_totalResizeDataInMegaBytes - The estimated total amount of data, in megabytes, on the cluster before
the resize operation began.
CopyClusterSnapshot
data CopyClusterSnapshot Source #
See: newCopyClusterSnapshot smart constructor.
Instances
newCopyClusterSnapshot Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> CopyClusterSnapshot |
Create a value of CopyClusterSnapshot with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
CopyClusterSnapshot, copyClusterSnapshot_manualSnapshotRetentionPeriod - The number of days that a manual snapshot is retained. If the value is
-1, the manual snapshot is retained indefinitely.
The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
The default value is -1.
$sel:sourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier:CopyClusterSnapshot', copyClusterSnapshot_sourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier - The identifier of the cluster the source snapshot was created from. This
parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a
snapshot resource element that specifies anything other than * for the
cluster name.
Constraints:
- Must be the identifier for a valid cluster.
$sel:sourceSnapshotIdentifier:CopyClusterSnapshot', copyClusterSnapshot_sourceSnapshotIdentifier - The identifier for the source snapshot.
Constraints:
- Must be the identifier for a valid automated snapshot whose state is
available.
$sel:targetSnapshotIdentifier:CopyClusterSnapshot', copyClusterSnapshot_targetSnapshotIdentifier - The identifier given to the new manual snapshot.
Constraints:
- Cannot be null, empty, or blank.
- Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
- First character must be a letter.
- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
- Must be unique for the Amazon Web Services account that is making the request.
data CopyClusterSnapshotResponse Source #
See: newCopyClusterSnapshotResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| CopyClusterSnapshotResponse' (Maybe Snapshot) Int |
Instances
newCopyClusterSnapshotResponse Source #
Create a value of CopyClusterSnapshotResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:snapshot:CopyClusterSnapshotResponse', copyClusterSnapshotResponse_snapshot - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:CopyClusterSnapshotResponse', copyClusterSnapshotResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
CreateAuthenticationProfile
data CreateAuthenticationProfile Source #
See: newCreateAuthenticationProfile smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateAuthenticationProfile' Text Text |
Instances
newCreateAuthenticationProfile Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> CreateAuthenticationProfile |
Create a value of CreateAuthenticationProfile with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
CreateAuthenticationProfile, createAuthenticationProfile_authenticationProfileName - The name of the authentication profile to be created.
CreateAuthenticationProfile, createAuthenticationProfile_authenticationProfileContent - The content of the authentication profile in JSON format. The maximum
length of the JSON string is determined by a quota for your account.
data CreateAuthenticationProfileResponse Source #
See: newCreateAuthenticationProfileResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newCreateAuthenticationProfileResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> CreateAuthenticationProfileResponse |
Create a value of CreateAuthenticationProfileResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
CreateAuthenticationProfile, createAuthenticationProfileResponse_authenticationProfileContent - The content of the authentication profile in JSON format.
CreateAuthenticationProfile, createAuthenticationProfileResponse_authenticationProfileName - The name of the authentication profile that was created.
$sel:httpStatus:CreateAuthenticationProfileResponse', createAuthenticationProfileResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
CreateCluster
data CreateCluster Source #
See: newCreateCluster smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateCluster' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe AquaConfigurationStatus) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Tag]) (Maybe [Text]) Text Text Text Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> CreateCluster |
Create a value of CreateCluster with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:additionalInfo:CreateCluster', createCluster_additionalInfo - Reserved.
CreateCluster, createCluster_allowVersionUpgrade - If true, major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance
window to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
When a new major version of the Amazon Redshift engine is released, you can request that the service automatically apply upgrades during the maintenance window to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on your cluster.
Default: true
CreateCluster, createCluster_aquaConfigurationStatus - This parameter is retired. It does not set the AQUA configuration
status. Amazon Redshift automatically determines whether to use AQUA
(Advanced Query Accelerator).
CreateCluster, createCluster_automatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod - The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value
is 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are
disabled, you can still create manual snapshots when you want with
CreateClusterSnapshot.
You can't disable automated snapshots for RA3 node types. Set the automated retention period from 1-35 days.
Default: 1
Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.
CreateCluster, createCluster_availabilityZone - The EC2 Availability Zone (AZ) in which you want Amazon Redshift to
provision the cluster. For example, if you have several EC2 instances
running in a specific Availability Zone, then you might want the cluster
to be provisioned in the same zone in order to decrease network latency.
Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the region that is specified by the endpoint.
Example: us-east-2d
Constraint: The specified Availability Zone must be in the same region as the current endpoint.
$sel:availabilityZoneRelocation:CreateCluster', createCluster_availabilityZoneRelocation - The option to enable relocation for an Amazon Redshift cluster between
Availability Zones after the cluster is created.
$sel:clusterParameterGroupName:CreateCluster', createCluster_clusterParameterGroupName - The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster.
Default: The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information about the default parameter group, go to Working with Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups
Constraints:
- Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
- First character must be a letter.
- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
CreateCluster, createCluster_clusterSecurityGroups - A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster.
Default: The default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift.
CreateCluster, createCluster_clusterSubnetGroupName - The name of a cluster subnet group to be associated with this cluster.
If this parameter is not provided the resulting cluster will be deployed outside virtual private cloud (VPC).
CreateCluster, createCluster_clusterType - The type of the cluster. When cluster type is specified as
single-node, the NumberOfNodes parameter is not required.multi-node, the NumberOfNodes parameter is required.
Valid Values: multi-node | single-node
Default: multi-node
CreateCluster, createCluster_clusterVersion - The version of the Amazon Redshift engine software that you want to
deploy on the cluster.
The version selected runs on all the nodes in the cluster.
Constraints: Only version 1.0 is currently available.
Example: 1.0
CreateCluster, createCluster_dbName - The name of the first database to be created when the cluster is
created.
To create additional databases after the cluster is created, connect to the cluster with a SQL client and use SQL commands to create a database. For more information, go to Create a Database in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
Default: dev
Constraints:
- Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.
- Must contain only lowercase letters.
- Cannot be a word that is reserved by the service. A list of reserved words can be found in Reserved Words in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
CreateCluster, createCluster_defaultIamRoleArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that was set as default
for the cluster when the cluster was created.
CreateCluster, createCluster_elasticIp - The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
Constraints: The cluster must be provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible through an Internet gateway. Don't specify the Elastic IP address for a publicly accessible cluster with availability zone relocation turned on. For more information about provisioning clusters in EC2-VPC, go to Supported Platforms to Launch Your Cluster in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
CreateCluster, createCluster_encrypted - If true, the data in the cluster is encrypted at rest.
Default: false
CreateCluster, createCluster_enhancedVpcRouting - An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see
Enhanced VPC Routing
in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
Default: false
CreateCluster, createCluster_hsmClientCertificateIdentifier - Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift
cluster uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
CreateCluster, createCluster_hsmConfigurationIdentifier - Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the
information the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store
keys in an HSM.
CreateCluster, createCluster_iamRoles - A list of Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used by
the cluster to access other Amazon Web Services services. You must
supply the IAM roles in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format.
The maximum number of IAM roles that you can associate is subject to a quota. For more information, go to Quotas and limits in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
CreateCluster, createCluster_kmsKeyId - The Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that you
want to use to encrypt data in the cluster.
$sel:loadSampleData:CreateCluster', createCluster_loadSampleData - A flag that specifies whether to load sample data once the cluster is
created.
CreateCluster, createCluster_maintenanceTrackName - An optional parameter for the name of the maintenance track for the
cluster. If you don't provide a maintenance track name, the cluster is
assigned to the current track.
CreateCluster, createCluster_manualSnapshotRetentionPeriod - The default number of days to retain a manual snapshot. If the value is
-1, the snapshot is retained indefinitely. This setting doesn't change
the retention period of existing snapshots.
The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
CreateCluster, createCluster_numberOfNodes - The number of compute nodes in the cluster. This parameter is required
when the ClusterType parameter is specified as multi-node.
For information about determining how many nodes you need, go to Working with Clusters in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
If you don't specify this parameter, you get a single-node cluster. When requesting a multi-node cluster, you must specify the number of nodes that you want in the cluster.
Default: 1
Constraints: Value must be at least 1 and no more than 100.
CreateCluster, createCluster_port - The port number on which the cluster accepts incoming connections.
The cluster is accessible only via the JDBC and ODBC connection strings. Part of the connection string requires the port on which the cluster will listen for incoming connections.
Default: 5439
Valid Values: 1150-65535
CreateCluster, createCluster_preferredMaintenanceWindow - The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster
maintenance can occur.
Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per region, occurring on a random day of the week. For more information about the time blocks for each region, see Maintenance Windows in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
CreateCluster, createCluster_publiclyAccessible - If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network.
CreateCluster, createCluster_snapshotScheduleIdentifier - A unique identifier for the snapshot schedule.
CreateCluster, createCluster_tags - A list of tag instances.
$sel:vpcSecurityGroupIds:CreateCluster', createCluster_vpcSecurityGroupIds - A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated
with the cluster.
Default: The default VPC security group is associated with the cluster.
CreateCluster, createCluster_clusterIdentifier - A unique identifier for the cluster. You use this identifier to refer to
the cluster for any subsequent cluster operations such as deleting or
modifying. The identifier also appears in the Amazon Redshift console.
Constraints:
- Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
- Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
- First character must be a letter.
- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
- Must be unique for all clusters within an Amazon Web Services account.
Example: myexamplecluster
CreateCluster, createCluster_nodeType - The node type to be provisioned for the cluster. For information about
node types, go to
Working with Clusters
in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
Valid Values: ds2.xlarge | ds2.8xlarge | dc1.large | dc1.8xlarge
| dc2.large | dc2.8xlarge | ra3.xlplus | ra3.4xlarge |
ra3.16xlarge
CreateCluster, createCluster_masterUsername - The user name associated with the admin user account for the cluster
that is being created.
Constraints:
- Must be 1 - 128 alphanumeric characters. The user name can't be
PUBLIC. - First character must be a letter.
- Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in Reserved Words in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
CreateCluster, createCluster_masterUserPassword - The password associated with the admin user account for the cluster that
is being created.
Constraints:
- Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length.
- Must contain at least one uppercase letter.
- Must contain at least one lowercase letter.
- Must contain one number.
- Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33-126) except
'(single quote),"(double quote),\,/, or@.
data CreateClusterResponse Source #
See: newCreateClusterResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateClusterResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int |
Instances
newCreateClusterResponse Source #
Create a value of CreateClusterResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:cluster:CreateClusterResponse', createClusterResponse_cluster - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:CreateClusterResponse', createClusterResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
CreateClusterParameterGroup
data CreateClusterParameterGroup Source #
See: newCreateClusterParameterGroup smart constructor.
Instances
newCreateClusterParameterGroup Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> CreateClusterParameterGroup |
Create a value of CreateClusterParameterGroup with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
CreateClusterParameterGroup, createClusterParameterGroup_tags - A list of tag instances.
CreateClusterParameterGroup, createClusterParameterGroup_parameterGroupName - The name of the cluster parameter group.
Constraints:
- Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
- First character must be a letter.
- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
- Must be unique withing your Amazon Web Services account.
This value is stored as a lower-case string.
CreateClusterParameterGroup, createClusterParameterGroup_parameterGroupFamily - The Amazon Redshift engine version to which the cluster parameter group
applies. The cluster engine version determines the set of parameters.
To get a list of valid parameter group family names, you can call DescribeClusterParameterGroups. By default, Amazon Redshift returns a list of all the parameter groups that are owned by your Amazon Web Services account, including the default parameter groups for each Amazon Redshift engine version. The parameter group family names associated with the default parameter groups provide you the valid values. For example, a valid family name is "redshift-1.0".
CreateClusterParameterGroup, createClusterParameterGroup_description - A description of the parameter group.
data CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse Source #
See: newCreateClusterParameterGroupResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse' (Maybe ClusterParameterGroup) Int |
Instances
newCreateClusterParameterGroupResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse |
Create a value of CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clusterParameterGroup:CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse', createClusterParameterGroupResponse_clusterParameterGroup - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse', createClusterParameterGroupResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
CreateClusterSecurityGroup
data CreateClusterSecurityGroup Source #
See: newCreateClusterSecurityGroup smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateClusterSecurityGroup' (Maybe [Tag]) Text Text |
Instances
newCreateClusterSecurityGroup Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> CreateClusterSecurityGroup |
Create a value of CreateClusterSecurityGroup with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
CreateClusterSecurityGroup, createClusterSecurityGroup_tags - A list of tag instances.
CreateClusterSecurityGroup, createClusterSecurityGroup_clusterSecurityGroupName - The name for the security group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a
lowercase string.
Constraints:
- Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
- Must not be "Default".
- Must be unique for all security groups that are created by your Amazon Web Services account.
Example: examplesecuritygroup
CreateClusterSecurityGroup, createClusterSecurityGroup_description - A description for the security group.
data CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse Source #
See: newCreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse' (Maybe ClusterSecurityGroup) Int |
Instances
newCreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse |
Create a value of CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clusterSecurityGroup:CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse', createClusterSecurityGroupResponse_clusterSecurityGroup - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse', createClusterSecurityGroupResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
CreateClusterSnapshot
data CreateClusterSnapshot Source #
See: newCreateClusterSnapshot smart constructor.
Instances
newCreateClusterSnapshot Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> CreateClusterSnapshot |
Create a value of CreateClusterSnapshot with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
CreateClusterSnapshot, createClusterSnapshot_manualSnapshotRetentionPeriod - The number of days that a manual snapshot is retained. If the value is
-1, the manual snapshot is retained indefinitely.
The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
The default value is -1.
CreateClusterSnapshot, createClusterSnapshot_tags - A list of tag instances.
CreateClusterSnapshot, createClusterSnapshot_snapshotIdentifier - A unique identifier for the snapshot that you are requesting. This
identifier must be unique for all snapshots within the Amazon Web
Services account.
Constraints:
- Cannot be null, empty, or blank
- Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
- First character must be a letter
- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
Example: my-snapshot-id
CreateClusterSnapshot, createClusterSnapshot_clusterIdentifier - The cluster identifier for which you want a snapshot.
data CreateClusterSnapshotResponse Source #
See: newCreateClusterSnapshotResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateClusterSnapshotResponse' (Maybe Snapshot) Int |
Instances
newCreateClusterSnapshotResponse Source #
Create a value of CreateClusterSnapshotResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:snapshot:CreateClusterSnapshotResponse', createClusterSnapshotResponse_snapshot - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:CreateClusterSnapshotResponse', createClusterSnapshotResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
CreateClusterSubnetGroup
data CreateClusterSubnetGroup Source #
See: newCreateClusterSubnetGroup smart constructor.
Instances
newCreateClusterSubnetGroup Source #
Create a value of CreateClusterSubnetGroup with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
CreateClusterSubnetGroup, createClusterSubnetGroup_tags - A list of tag instances.
CreateClusterSubnetGroup, createClusterSubnetGroup_clusterSubnetGroupName - The name for the subnet group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a
lowercase string.
Constraints:
- Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
- Must not be "Default".
- Must be unique for all subnet groups that are created by your Amazon Web Services account.
Example: examplesubnetgroup
CreateClusterSubnetGroup, createClusterSubnetGroup_description - A description for the subnet group.
$sel:subnetIds:CreateClusterSubnetGroup', createClusterSubnetGroup_subnetIds - An array of VPC subnet IDs. A maximum of 20 subnets can be modified in a
single request.
data CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse Source #
See: newCreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse' (Maybe ClusterSubnetGroup) Int |
Instances
newCreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse Source #
Create a value of CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clusterSubnetGroup:CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse', createClusterSubnetGroupResponse_clusterSubnetGroup - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse', createClusterSubnetGroupResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
CreateEndpointAccess
data CreateEndpointAccess Source #
See: newCreateEndpointAccess smart constructor.
Instances
newCreateEndpointAccess Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> CreateEndpointAccess |
Create a value of CreateEndpointAccess with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
CreateEndpointAccess, createEndpointAccess_clusterIdentifier - The cluster identifier of the cluster to access.
CreateEndpointAccess, createEndpointAccess_resourceOwner - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the cluster. This is
only required if the cluster is in another Amazon Web Services account.
$sel:vpcSecurityGroupIds:CreateEndpointAccess', createEndpointAccess_vpcSecurityGroupIds - The security group that defines the ports, protocols, and sources for
inbound traffic that you are authorizing into your endpoint.
CreateEndpointAccess, createEndpointAccess_endpointName - The Redshift-managed VPC endpoint name.
An endpoint name must contain 1-30 characters. Valid characters are A-Z, a-z, 0-9, and hyphen(-). The first character must be a letter. The name can't contain two consecutive hyphens or end with a hyphen.
CreateEndpointAccess, createEndpointAccess_subnetGroupName - The subnet group from which Amazon Redshift chooses the subnet to deploy
the endpoint.
data EndpointAccess Source #
Describes a Redshift-managed VPC endpoint.
See: newEndpointAccess smart constructor.
Constructors
| EndpointAccess' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe VpcEndpoint) (Maybe [VpcSecurityGroupMembership]) |
Instances
newEndpointAccess :: EndpointAccess Source #
Create a value of EndpointAccess with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:address:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_address - The DNS address of the endpoint.
$sel:clusterIdentifier:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_clusterIdentifier - The cluster identifier of the cluster associated with the endpoint.
$sel:endpointCreateTime:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_endpointCreateTime - The time (UTC) that the endpoint was created.
$sel:endpointName:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_endpointName - The name of the endpoint.
$sel:endpointStatus:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_endpointStatus - The status of the endpoint.
$sel:port:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_port - The port number on which the cluster accepts incoming connections.
$sel:resourceOwner:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_resourceOwner - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the cluster.
$sel:subnetGroupName:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_subnetGroupName - The subnet group name where Amazon Redshift chooses to deploy the
endpoint.
$sel:vpcEndpoint:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_vpcEndpoint - Undocumented member.
$sel:vpcSecurityGroups:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_vpcSecurityGroups - The security groups associated with the endpoint.
CreateEventSubscription
data CreateEventSubscription Source #
See: newCreateEventSubscription smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateEventSubscription' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Tag]) Text Text |
Instances
newCreateEventSubscription Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> CreateEventSubscription |
Create a value of CreateEventSubscription with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
CreateEventSubscription, createEventSubscription_enabled - A boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription, and set to
false to create the subscription but not activate it.
CreateEventSubscription, createEventSubscription_eventCategories - Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the
event notification subscription.
Values: configuration, management, monitoring, security, pending
CreateEventSubscription, createEventSubscription_severity - Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the
event notification subscription.
Values: ERROR, INFO
$sel:sourceIds:CreateEventSubscription', createEventSubscription_sourceIds - A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All
of the objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source
type parameter. The event subscription will return only events generated
by the specified objects. If not specified, then events are returned for
all objects within the source type specified.
Example: my-cluster-1, my-cluster-2
Example: my-snapshot-20131010
CreateEventSubscription, createEventSubscription_sourceType - The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if
you want to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set
this parameter to cluster. If this value is not specified, events are
returned for all Amazon Redshift objects in your Amazon Web Services
account. You must specify a source type in order to specify source IDs.
Valid values: cluster, cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, cluster-snapshot, and scheduled-action.
CreateEventSubscription, createEventSubscription_tags - A list of tag instances.
$sel:subscriptionName:CreateEventSubscription', createEventSubscription_subscriptionName - The name of the event subscription to be created.
Constraints:
- Cannot be null, empty, or blank.
- Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
- First character must be a letter.
- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
CreateEventSubscription, createEventSubscription_snsTopicArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic used to transmit
the event notifications. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you
create a topic and subscribe to it.
data CreateEventSubscriptionResponse Source #
See: newCreateEventSubscriptionResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateEventSubscriptionResponse' (Maybe EventSubscription) Int |
Instances
newCreateEventSubscriptionResponse Source #
Create a value of CreateEventSubscriptionResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:eventSubscription:CreateEventSubscriptionResponse', createEventSubscriptionResponse_eventSubscription - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:CreateEventSubscriptionResponse', createEventSubscriptionResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
CreateHsmClientCertificate
data CreateHsmClientCertificate Source #
See: newCreateHsmClientCertificate smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateHsmClientCertificate' (Maybe [Tag]) Text |
Instances
newCreateHsmClientCertificate Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> CreateHsmClientCertificate |
Create a value of CreateHsmClientCertificate with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
CreateHsmClientCertificate, createHsmClientCertificate_tags - A list of tag instances.
CreateHsmClientCertificate, createHsmClientCertificate_hsmClientCertificateIdentifier - The identifier to be assigned to the new HSM client certificate that the
cluster will use to connect to the HSM to use the database encryption
keys.
data CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse Source #
See: newCreateHsmClientCertificateResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse' (Maybe HsmClientCertificate) Int |
Instances
newCreateHsmClientCertificateResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse |
Create a value of CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:hsmClientCertificate:CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse', createHsmClientCertificateResponse_hsmClientCertificate - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse', createHsmClientCertificateResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
CreateHsmConfiguration
data CreateHsmConfiguration Source #
See: newCreateHsmConfiguration smart constructor.
Instances
newCreateHsmConfiguration Source #
Create a value of CreateHsmConfiguration with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
CreateHsmConfiguration, createHsmConfiguration_tags - A list of tag instances.
CreateHsmConfiguration, createHsmConfiguration_hsmConfigurationIdentifier - The identifier to be assigned to the new Amazon Redshift HSM
configuration.
CreateHsmConfiguration, createHsmConfiguration_description - A text description of the HSM configuration to be created.
CreateHsmConfiguration, createHsmConfiguration_hsmIpAddress - The IP address that the Amazon Redshift cluster must use to access the
HSM.
CreateHsmConfiguration, createHsmConfiguration_hsmPartitionName - The name of the partition in the HSM where the Amazon Redshift clusters
will store their database encryption keys.
$sel:hsmPartitionPassword:CreateHsmConfiguration', createHsmConfiguration_hsmPartitionPassword - The password required to access the HSM partition.
$sel:hsmServerPublicCertificate:CreateHsmConfiguration', createHsmConfiguration_hsmServerPublicCertificate - The HSMs public certificate file. When using Cloud HSM, the file name is
server.pem.
data CreateHsmConfigurationResponse Source #
See: newCreateHsmConfigurationResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateHsmConfigurationResponse' (Maybe HsmConfiguration) Int |
Instances
newCreateHsmConfigurationResponse Source #
Create a value of CreateHsmConfigurationResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:hsmConfiguration:CreateHsmConfigurationResponse', createHsmConfigurationResponse_hsmConfiguration - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:CreateHsmConfigurationResponse', createHsmConfigurationResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
CreateScheduledAction
data CreateScheduledAction Source #
See: newCreateScheduledAction smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateScheduledAction' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) Text ScheduledActionType Text Text |
Instances
newCreateScheduledAction Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> ScheduledActionType | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> CreateScheduledAction |
Create a value of CreateScheduledAction with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:enable:CreateScheduledAction', createScheduledAction_enable - If true, the schedule is enabled. If false, the scheduled action does
not trigger. For more information about state of the scheduled action,
see ScheduledAction.
CreateScheduledAction, createScheduledAction_endTime - The end time in UTC of the scheduled action. After this time, the
scheduled action does not trigger. For more information about this
parameter, see ScheduledAction.
CreateScheduledAction, createScheduledAction_scheduledActionDescription - The description of the scheduled action.
CreateScheduledAction, createScheduledAction_startTime - The start time in UTC of the scheduled action. Before this time, the
scheduled action does not trigger. For more information about this
parameter, see ScheduledAction.
CreateScheduledAction, createScheduledAction_scheduledActionName - The name of the scheduled action. The name must be unique within an
account. For more information about this parameter, see ScheduledAction.
CreateScheduledAction, createScheduledAction_targetAction - A JSON format string of the Amazon Redshift API operation with input
parameters. For more information about this parameter, see
ScheduledAction.
CreateScheduledAction, createScheduledAction_schedule - The schedule in at( ) or cron( ) format. For more information about
this parameter, see ScheduledAction.
CreateScheduledAction, createScheduledAction_iamRole - The IAM role to assume to run the target action. For more information
about this parameter, see ScheduledAction.
data ScheduledAction Source #
Describes a scheduled action. You can use a scheduled action to trigger some Amazon Redshift API operations on a schedule. For information about which API operations can be scheduled, see ScheduledActionType.
See: newScheduledAction smart constructor.
Constructors
| ScheduledAction' (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ISO8601]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe ScheduledActionState) (Maybe ScheduledActionType) |
Instances
newScheduledAction :: ScheduledAction Source #
Create a value of ScheduledAction with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:endTime:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_endTime - The end time in UTC when the schedule is no longer active. After this
time, the scheduled action does not trigger.
$sel:iamRole:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_iamRole - The IAM role to assume to run the scheduled action. This IAM role must
have permission to run the Amazon Redshift API operation in the
scheduled action. This IAM role must allow the Amazon Redshift scheduler
(Principal scheduler.redshift.amazonaws.com) to assume permissions on
your behalf. For more information about the IAM role to use with the
Amazon Redshift scheduler, see
Using Identity-Based Policies for Amazon Redshift
in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
$sel:nextInvocations:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_nextInvocations - List of times when the scheduled action will run.
$sel:schedule:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_schedule - The schedule for a one-time (at format) or recurring (cron format)
scheduled action. Schedule invocations must be separated by at least one
hour.
Format of at expressions is "at(yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss)". For example,
"at(2016-03-04T17:27:00)".
Format of cron expressions is
"cron(Minutes Hours Day-of-month Month Day-of-week Year)". For
example, "cron(0 10 ? * MON *)". For more information, see
Cron Expressions
in the Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide.
$sel:scheduledActionDescription:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_scheduledActionDescription - The description of the scheduled action.
$sel:scheduledActionName:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_scheduledActionName - The name of the scheduled action.
$sel:startTime:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_startTime - The start time in UTC when the schedule is active. Before this time, the
scheduled action does not trigger.
$sel:state:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_state - The state of the scheduled action. For example, DISABLED.
$sel:targetAction:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_targetAction - A JSON format string of the Amazon Redshift API operation with input
parameters.
"{\"ResizeCluster\":{\"NodeType\":\"ds2.8xlarge\",\"ClusterIdentifier\":\"my-test-cluster\",\"NumberOfNodes\":3}}".
CreateSnapshotCopyGrant
data CreateSnapshotCopyGrant Source #
The result of the CreateSnapshotCopyGrant action.
See: newCreateSnapshotCopyGrant smart constructor.
Instances
newCreateSnapshotCopyGrant Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> CreateSnapshotCopyGrant |
Create a value of CreateSnapshotCopyGrant with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
CreateSnapshotCopyGrant, createSnapshotCopyGrant_kmsKeyId - The unique identifier of the encrypted symmetric key to which to grant
Amazon Redshift permission. If no key is specified, the default key is
used.
CreateSnapshotCopyGrant, createSnapshotCopyGrant_tags - A list of tag instances.
CreateSnapshotCopyGrant, createSnapshotCopyGrant_snapshotCopyGrantName - The name of the snapshot copy grant. This name must be unique in the
region for the Amazon Web Services account.
Constraints:
- Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
- Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
- First character must be a letter.
- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
- Must be unique for all clusters within an Amazon Web Services account.
data CreateSnapshotCopyGrantResponse Source #
See: newCreateSnapshotCopyGrantResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateSnapshotCopyGrantResponse' (Maybe SnapshotCopyGrant) Int |
Instances
newCreateSnapshotCopyGrantResponse Source #
Create a value of CreateSnapshotCopyGrantResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:snapshotCopyGrant:CreateSnapshotCopyGrantResponse', createSnapshotCopyGrantResponse_snapshotCopyGrant - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:CreateSnapshotCopyGrantResponse', createSnapshotCopyGrantResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
CreateSnapshotSchedule
data CreateSnapshotSchedule Source #
See: newCreateSnapshotSchedule smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateSnapshotSchedule' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Int) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Tag]) |
Instances
newCreateSnapshotSchedule :: CreateSnapshotSchedule Source #
Create a value of CreateSnapshotSchedule with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:dryRun:CreateSnapshotSchedule', createSnapshotSchedule_dryRun -
CreateSnapshotSchedule, createSnapshotSchedule_nextInvocations -
CreateSnapshotSchedule, createSnapshotSchedule_scheduleDefinitions - The definition of the snapshot schedule. The definition is made up of
schedule expressions, for example "cron(30 12 *)" or "rate(12
hours)".
CreateSnapshotSchedule, createSnapshotSchedule_scheduleDescription - The description of the snapshot schedule.
CreateSnapshotSchedule, createSnapshotSchedule_scheduleIdentifier - A unique identifier for a snapshot schedule. Only alphanumeric
characters are allowed for the identifier.
CreateSnapshotSchedule, createSnapshotSchedule_tags - An optional set of tags you can use to search for the schedule.
data SnapshotSchedule Source #
Describes a snapshot schedule. You can set a regular interval for creating snapshots of a cluster. You can also schedule snapshots for specific dates.
See: newSnapshotSchedule smart constructor.
Constructors
| SnapshotSchedule' (Maybe Int) (Maybe [ClusterAssociatedToSchedule]) (Maybe [ISO8601]) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Tag]) |
Instances
newSnapshotSchedule :: SnapshotSchedule Source #
Create a value of SnapshotSchedule with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:associatedClusterCount:SnapshotSchedule', snapshotSchedule_associatedClusterCount - The number of clusters associated with the schedule.
$sel:associatedClusters:SnapshotSchedule', snapshotSchedule_associatedClusters - A list of clusters associated with the schedule. A maximum of 100
clusters is returned.
$sel:nextInvocations:SnapshotSchedule', snapshotSchedule_nextInvocations -
$sel:scheduleDefinitions:SnapshotSchedule', snapshotSchedule_scheduleDefinitions - A list of ScheduleDefinitions.
$sel:scheduleDescription:SnapshotSchedule', snapshotSchedule_scheduleDescription - The description of the schedule.
$sel:scheduleIdentifier:SnapshotSchedule', snapshotSchedule_scheduleIdentifier - A unique identifier for the schedule.
$sel:tags:SnapshotSchedule', snapshotSchedule_tags - An optional set of tags describing the schedule.
CreateTags
data CreateTags Source #
Contains the output from the CreateTags action.
See: newCreateTags smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateTags' Text [Tag] |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> CreateTags |
Create a value of CreateTags with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
CreateTags, createTags_resourceName - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to which you want to add the tag or tags.
For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-2:123456789:cluster:t1.
CreateTags, createTags_tags - One or more name/value pairs to add as tags to the specified resource.
Each tag name is passed in with the parameter Key and the
corresponding value is passed in with the parameter Value. The Key
and Value parameters are separated by a comma (,). Separate multiple
tags with a space. For example,
--tags "Key"="owner","Value"="admin" "Key"="environment","Value"="test" "Key"="version","Value"="1.0".
data CreateTagsResponse Source #
See: newCreateTagsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateTagsResponse' | |
Instances
| Generic CreateTagsResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.CreateTags Associated Types type Rep CreateTagsResponse :: Type -> Type # Methods from :: CreateTagsResponse -> Rep CreateTagsResponse x # to :: Rep CreateTagsResponse x -> CreateTagsResponse # | |
| Read CreateTagsResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.CreateTags Methods readsPrec :: Int -> ReadS CreateTagsResponse # readList :: ReadS [CreateTagsResponse] # | |
| Show CreateTagsResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.CreateTags Methods showsPrec :: Int -> CreateTagsResponse -> ShowS # show :: CreateTagsResponse -> String # showList :: [CreateTagsResponse] -> ShowS # | |
| NFData CreateTagsResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.CreateTags Methods rnf :: CreateTagsResponse -> () # | |
| Eq CreateTagsResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.CreateTags Methods (==) :: CreateTagsResponse -> CreateTagsResponse -> Bool # (/=) :: CreateTagsResponse -> CreateTagsResponse -> Bool # | |
| type Rep CreateTagsResponse Source # | |
newCreateTagsResponse :: CreateTagsResponse Source #
Create a value of CreateTagsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
CreateUsageLimit
data CreateUsageLimit Source #
See: newCreateUsageLimit smart constructor.
Constructors
| CreateUsageLimit' (Maybe UsageLimitBreachAction) (Maybe UsageLimitPeriod) (Maybe [Tag]) Text UsageLimitFeatureType UsageLimitLimitType Integer |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> UsageLimitFeatureType | |
| -> UsageLimitLimitType | |
| -> Integer | |
| -> CreateUsageLimit |
Create a value of CreateUsageLimit with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
CreateUsageLimit, createUsageLimit_breachAction - The action that Amazon Redshift takes when the limit is reached. The
default is log. For more information about this parameter, see
UsageLimit.
CreateUsageLimit, createUsageLimit_period - The time period that the amount applies to. A weekly period begins on
Sunday. The default is monthly.
CreateUsageLimit, createUsageLimit_tags - A list of tag instances.
CreateUsageLimit, createUsageLimit_clusterIdentifier - The identifier of the cluster that you want to limit usage.
CreateUsageLimit, createUsageLimit_featureType - The Amazon Redshift feature that you want to limit.
CreateUsageLimit, createUsageLimit_limitType - The type of limit. Depending on the feature type, this can be based on a
time duration or data size. If FeatureType is spectrum, then
LimitType must be data-scanned. If FeatureType is
concurrency-scaling, then LimitType must be time. If FeatureType
is cross-region-datasharing, then LimitType must be data-scanned.
CreateUsageLimit, createUsageLimit_amount - The limit amount. If time-based, this amount is in minutes. If
data-based, this amount is in terabytes (TB). The value must be a
positive number.
data UsageLimit Source #
Describes a usage limit object for a cluster.
See: newUsageLimit smart constructor.
Constructors
| UsageLimit' (Maybe Integer) (Maybe UsageLimitBreachAction) (Maybe Text) (Maybe UsageLimitFeatureType) (Maybe UsageLimitLimitType) (Maybe UsageLimitPeriod) (Maybe [Tag]) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newUsageLimit :: UsageLimit Source #
Create a value of UsageLimit with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:amount:UsageLimit', usageLimit_amount - The limit amount. If time-based, this amount is in minutes. If
data-based, this amount is in terabytes (TB).
$sel:breachAction:UsageLimit', usageLimit_breachAction - The action that Amazon Redshift takes when the limit is reached.
Possible values are:
- log - To log an event in a system table. The default is log.
- emit-metric - To emit CloudWatch metrics.
- disable - To disable the feature until the next usage period begins.
$sel:clusterIdentifier:UsageLimit', usageLimit_clusterIdentifier - The identifier of the cluster with a usage limit.
$sel:featureType:UsageLimit', usageLimit_featureType - The Amazon Redshift feature to which the limit applies.
$sel:limitType:UsageLimit', usageLimit_limitType - The type of limit. Depending on the feature type, this can be based on a
time duration or data size.
$sel:period:UsageLimit', usageLimit_period - The time period that the amount applies to. A weekly period begins on
Sunday. The default is monthly.
$sel:tags:UsageLimit', usageLimit_tags - A list of tag instances.
$sel:usageLimitId:UsageLimit', usageLimit_usageLimitId - The identifier of the usage limit.
DeauthorizeDataShare
data DeauthorizeDataShare Source #
See: newDeauthorizeDataShare smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeauthorizeDataShare' Text Text |
Instances
newDeauthorizeDataShare Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> DeauthorizeDataShare |
Create a value of DeauthorizeDataShare with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DeauthorizeDataShare, deauthorizeDataShare_dataShareArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the datashare to remove authorization
from.
DeauthorizeDataShare, deauthorizeDataShare_consumerIdentifier - The identifier of the data consumer that is to have authorization
removed from the datashare. This identifier is an Amazon Web Services
account ID or a keyword, such as ADX.
See: newDataShare smart constructor.
Constructors
| DataShare' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [DataShareAssociation]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newDataShare :: DataShare Source #
Create a value of DataShare with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:allowPubliclyAccessibleConsumers:DataShare', dataShare_allowPubliclyAccessibleConsumers - A value that specifies whether the datashare can be shared to a publicly
accessible cluster.
$sel:dataShareArn:DataShare', dataShare_dataShareArn - An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that references the datashare that is
owned by a specific namespace of the producer cluster. A datashare ARN
is in the
arn:aws:redshift:{region}:{account-id}:{datashare}:{namespace-guid}/{datashare-name}
format.
$sel:dataShareAssociations:DataShare', dataShare_dataShareAssociations - A value that specifies when the datashare has an association between
producer and data consumers.
$sel:managedBy:DataShare', dataShare_managedBy - The identifier of a datashare to show its managing entity.
$sel:producerArn:DataShare', dataShare_producerArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the producer.
DeleteAuthenticationProfile
data DeleteAuthenticationProfile Source #
See: newDeleteAuthenticationProfile smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteAuthenticationProfile' Text |
Instances
newDeleteAuthenticationProfile Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DeleteAuthenticationProfile |
Create a value of DeleteAuthenticationProfile with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DeleteAuthenticationProfile, deleteAuthenticationProfile_authenticationProfileName - The name of the authentication profile to delete.
data DeleteAuthenticationProfileResponse Source #
See: newDeleteAuthenticationProfileResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteAuthenticationProfileResponse' (Maybe Text) Int |
Instances
newDeleteAuthenticationProfileResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DeleteAuthenticationProfileResponse |
Create a value of DeleteAuthenticationProfileResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DeleteAuthenticationProfile, deleteAuthenticationProfileResponse_authenticationProfileName - The name of the authentication profile that was deleted.
$sel:httpStatus:DeleteAuthenticationProfileResponse', deleteAuthenticationProfileResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DeleteCluster
data DeleteCluster Source #
See: newDeleteCluster smart constructor.
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DeleteCluster |
Create a value of DeleteCluster with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:finalClusterSnapshotIdentifier:DeleteCluster', deleteCluster_finalClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The identifier of the final snapshot that is to be created immediately
before deleting the cluster. If this parameter is provided,
SkipFinalClusterSnapshot must be false.
Constraints:
- Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters.
- First character must be a letter.
- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
$sel:finalClusterSnapshotRetentionPeriod:DeleteCluster', deleteCluster_finalClusterSnapshotRetentionPeriod - The number of days that a manual snapshot is retained. If the value is
-1, the manual snapshot is retained indefinitely.
The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
The default value is -1.
$sel:skipFinalClusterSnapshot:DeleteCluster', deleteCluster_skipFinalClusterSnapshot - Determines whether a final snapshot of the cluster is created before
Amazon Redshift deletes the cluster. If true, a final cluster snapshot
is not created. If false, a final cluster snapshot is created before
the cluster is deleted.
The FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if
SkipFinalClusterSnapshot is false.
Default: false
DeleteCluster, deleteCluster_clusterIdentifier - The identifier of the cluster to be deleted.
Constraints:
- Must contain lowercase characters.
- Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
- First character must be a letter.
- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
data DeleteClusterResponse Source #
See: newDeleteClusterResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteClusterResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int |
Instances
newDeleteClusterResponse Source #
Create a value of DeleteClusterResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:cluster:DeleteClusterResponse', deleteClusterResponse_cluster - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:DeleteClusterResponse', deleteClusterResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DeleteClusterParameterGroup
data DeleteClusterParameterGroup Source #
See: newDeleteClusterParameterGroup smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteClusterParameterGroup' Text |
Instances
newDeleteClusterParameterGroup Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DeleteClusterParameterGroup |
Create a value of DeleteClusterParameterGroup with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DeleteClusterParameterGroup, deleteClusterParameterGroup_parameterGroupName - The name of the parameter group to be deleted.
Constraints:
- Must be the name of an existing cluster parameter group.
- Cannot delete a default cluster parameter group.
data DeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse Source #
See: newDeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse' | |
Instances
newDeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse :: DeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse Source #
Create a value of DeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
DeleteClusterSecurityGroup
data DeleteClusterSecurityGroup Source #
See: newDeleteClusterSecurityGroup smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteClusterSecurityGroup' Text |
Instances
newDeleteClusterSecurityGroup Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DeleteClusterSecurityGroup |
Create a value of DeleteClusterSecurityGroup with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DeleteClusterSecurityGroup, deleteClusterSecurityGroup_clusterSecurityGroupName - The name of the cluster security group to be deleted.
data DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse Source #
See: newDeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse' | |
Instances
| Generic DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteClusterSecurityGroup Associated Types type Rep DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse :: Type -> Type # | |
| Read DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteClusterSecurityGroup | |
| Show DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteClusterSecurityGroup Methods showsPrec :: Int -> DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse -> ShowS # | |
| NFData DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteClusterSecurityGroup Methods rnf :: DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse -> () # | |
| Eq DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse Source # | |
| type Rep DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteClusterSecurityGroup | |
newDeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse :: DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse Source #
Create a value of DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
DeleteClusterSnapshot
data DeleteClusterSnapshot Source #
See: newDeleteClusterSnapshot smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteClusterSnapshot' (Maybe Text) Text |
Instances
newDeleteClusterSnapshot Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DeleteClusterSnapshot |
Create a value of DeleteClusterSnapshot with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DeleteClusterSnapshot, deleteClusterSnapshot_snapshotClusterIdentifier - The unique identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This
parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a
snapshot resource element that specifies anything other than * for the
cluster name.
Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster.
DeleteClusterSnapshot, deleteClusterSnapshot_snapshotIdentifier - The unique identifier of the manual snapshot to be deleted.
Constraints: Must be the name of an existing snapshot that is in the
available, failed, or cancelled state.
data DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse Source #
See: newDeleteClusterSnapshotResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse' (Maybe Snapshot) Int |
Instances
newDeleteClusterSnapshotResponse Source #
Create a value of DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:snapshot:DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse', deleteClusterSnapshotResponse_snapshot - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse', deleteClusterSnapshotResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DeleteClusterSubnetGroup
data DeleteClusterSubnetGroup Source #
See: newDeleteClusterSubnetGroup smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteClusterSubnetGroup' Text |
Instances
newDeleteClusterSubnetGroup Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DeleteClusterSubnetGroup |
Create a value of DeleteClusterSubnetGroup with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DeleteClusterSubnetGroup, deleteClusterSubnetGroup_clusterSubnetGroupName - The name of the cluster subnet group name to be deleted.
data DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse Source #
See: newDeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse' | |
Instances
| Generic DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteClusterSubnetGroup Associated Types type Rep DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse :: Type -> Type # | |
| Read DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse Source # | |
| Show DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteClusterSubnetGroup Methods showsPrec :: Int -> DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse -> ShowS # | |
| NFData DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteClusterSubnetGroup Methods rnf :: DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse -> () # | |
| Eq DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse Source # | |
| type Rep DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteClusterSubnetGroup | |
newDeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse :: DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse Source #
Create a value of DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
DeleteEndpointAccess
data DeleteEndpointAccess Source #
See: newDeleteEndpointAccess smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteEndpointAccess' Text |
Instances
newDeleteEndpointAccess Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DeleteEndpointAccess |
Create a value of DeleteEndpointAccess with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DeleteEndpointAccess, deleteEndpointAccess_endpointName - The Redshift-managed VPC endpoint to delete.
data EndpointAccess Source #
Describes a Redshift-managed VPC endpoint.
See: newEndpointAccess smart constructor.
Constructors
| EndpointAccess' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe VpcEndpoint) (Maybe [VpcSecurityGroupMembership]) |
Instances
newEndpointAccess :: EndpointAccess Source #
Create a value of EndpointAccess with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:address:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_address - The DNS address of the endpoint.
$sel:clusterIdentifier:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_clusterIdentifier - The cluster identifier of the cluster associated with the endpoint.
$sel:endpointCreateTime:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_endpointCreateTime - The time (UTC) that the endpoint was created.
$sel:endpointName:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_endpointName - The name of the endpoint.
$sel:endpointStatus:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_endpointStatus - The status of the endpoint.
$sel:port:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_port - The port number on which the cluster accepts incoming connections.
$sel:resourceOwner:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_resourceOwner - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the cluster.
$sel:subnetGroupName:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_subnetGroupName - The subnet group name where Amazon Redshift chooses to deploy the
endpoint.
$sel:vpcEndpoint:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_vpcEndpoint - Undocumented member.
$sel:vpcSecurityGroups:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_vpcSecurityGroups - The security groups associated with the endpoint.
DeleteEventSubscription
data DeleteEventSubscription Source #
See: newDeleteEventSubscription smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteEventSubscription' Text |
Instances
newDeleteEventSubscription Source #
Create a value of DeleteEventSubscription with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:subscriptionName:DeleteEventSubscription', deleteEventSubscription_subscriptionName - The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription to be
deleted.
data DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse Source #
See: newDeleteEventSubscriptionResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse' | |
Instances
| Generic DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteEventSubscription Associated Types type Rep DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse :: Type -> Type # | |
| Read DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse Source # | |
| Show DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteEventSubscription Methods showsPrec :: Int -> DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse -> ShowS # | |
| NFData DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteEventSubscription Methods rnf :: DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse -> () # | |
| Eq DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse Source # | |
| type Rep DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteEventSubscription | |
newDeleteEventSubscriptionResponse :: DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse Source #
Create a value of DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
DeleteHsmClientCertificate
data DeleteHsmClientCertificate Source #
See: newDeleteHsmClientCertificate smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteHsmClientCertificate' Text |
Instances
newDeleteHsmClientCertificate Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DeleteHsmClientCertificate |
Create a value of DeleteHsmClientCertificate with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DeleteHsmClientCertificate, deleteHsmClientCertificate_hsmClientCertificateIdentifier - The identifier of the HSM client certificate to be deleted.
data DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse Source #
See: newDeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse' | |
Instances
| Generic DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteHsmClientCertificate Associated Types type Rep DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse :: Type -> Type # | |
| Read DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteHsmClientCertificate | |
| Show DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteHsmClientCertificate Methods showsPrec :: Int -> DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse -> ShowS # | |
| NFData DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteHsmClientCertificate Methods rnf :: DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse -> () # | |
| Eq DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse Source # | |
| type Rep DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteHsmClientCertificate | |
newDeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse :: DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse Source #
Create a value of DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
DeleteHsmConfiguration
data DeleteHsmConfiguration Source #
See: newDeleteHsmConfiguration smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteHsmConfiguration' Text |
Instances
newDeleteHsmConfiguration Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DeleteHsmConfiguration |
Create a value of DeleteHsmConfiguration with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DeleteHsmConfiguration, deleteHsmConfiguration_hsmConfigurationIdentifier - The identifier of the Amazon Redshift HSM configuration to be deleted.
data DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse Source #
See: newDeleteHsmConfigurationResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse' | |
Instances
| Generic DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteHsmConfiguration Associated Types type Rep DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse :: Type -> Type # | |
| Read DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse Source # | |
| Show DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteHsmConfiguration Methods showsPrec :: Int -> DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse -> ShowS # show :: DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse -> String # showList :: [DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse] -> ShowS # | |
| NFData DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteHsmConfiguration Methods rnf :: DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse -> () # | |
| Eq DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteHsmConfiguration | |
| type Rep DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteHsmConfiguration | |
newDeleteHsmConfigurationResponse :: DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse Source #
Create a value of DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
DeletePartner
data DeletePartner Source #
See: newDeletePartner smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeletePartner' Text Text Text Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> DeletePartner |
Create a value of DeletePartner with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DeletePartner, deletePartner_accountId - The Amazon Web Services account ID that owns the cluster.
DeletePartner, deletePartner_clusterIdentifier - The cluster identifier of the cluster that receives data from the
partner.
DeletePartner, deletePartner_databaseName - The name of the database that receives data from the partner.
DeletePartner, deletePartner_partnerName - The name of the partner that is authorized to send data.
data PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage Source #
See: newPartnerIntegrationOutputMessage smart constructor.
Constructors
| PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newPartnerIntegrationOutputMessage :: PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage Source #
Create a value of PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:databaseName:PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage', partnerIntegrationOutputMessage_databaseName - The name of the database that receives data from the partner.
$sel:partnerName:PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage', partnerIntegrationOutputMessage_partnerName - The name of the partner that is authorized to send data.
DeleteScheduledAction
data DeleteScheduledAction Source #
See: newDeleteScheduledAction smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteScheduledAction' Text |
Instances
newDeleteScheduledAction Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DeleteScheduledAction |
Create a value of DeleteScheduledAction with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DeleteScheduledAction, deleteScheduledAction_scheduledActionName - The name of the scheduled action to delete.
data DeleteScheduledActionResponse Source #
See: newDeleteScheduledActionResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteScheduledActionResponse' | |
Instances
| Generic DeleteScheduledActionResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteScheduledAction Associated Types type Rep DeleteScheduledActionResponse :: Type -> Type # | |
| Read DeleteScheduledActionResponse Source # | |
| Show DeleteScheduledActionResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteScheduledAction Methods showsPrec :: Int -> DeleteScheduledActionResponse -> ShowS # show :: DeleteScheduledActionResponse -> String # showList :: [DeleteScheduledActionResponse] -> ShowS # | |
| NFData DeleteScheduledActionResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteScheduledAction Methods rnf :: DeleteScheduledActionResponse -> () # | |
| Eq DeleteScheduledActionResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteScheduledAction | |
| type Rep DeleteScheduledActionResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteScheduledAction | |
newDeleteScheduledActionResponse :: DeleteScheduledActionResponse Source #
Create a value of DeleteScheduledActionResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant
data DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant Source #
The result of the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant action.
See: newDeleteSnapshotCopyGrant smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant' Text |
Instances
newDeleteSnapshotCopyGrant Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant |
Create a value of DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant, deleteSnapshotCopyGrant_snapshotCopyGrantName - The name of the snapshot copy grant to delete.
data DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse Source #
See: newDeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse' | |
Instances
| Generic DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant Associated Types type Rep DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse :: Type -> Type # | |
| Read DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse Source # | |
| Show DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant Methods showsPrec :: Int -> DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse -> ShowS # | |
| NFData DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant Methods rnf :: DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse -> () # | |
| Eq DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse Source # | |
| type Rep DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant | |
newDeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse :: DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse Source #
Create a value of DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
DeleteSnapshotSchedule
data DeleteSnapshotSchedule Source #
See: newDeleteSnapshotSchedule smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteSnapshotSchedule' Text |
Instances
newDeleteSnapshotSchedule Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DeleteSnapshotSchedule |
Create a value of DeleteSnapshotSchedule with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DeleteSnapshotSchedule, deleteSnapshotSchedule_scheduleIdentifier - A unique identifier of the snapshot schedule to delete.
data DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse Source #
See: newDeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse' | |
Instances
| Generic DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteSnapshotSchedule Associated Types type Rep DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse :: Type -> Type # | |
| Read DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse Source # | |
| Show DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteSnapshotSchedule Methods showsPrec :: Int -> DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse -> ShowS # show :: DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse -> String # showList :: [DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse] -> ShowS # | |
| NFData DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteSnapshotSchedule Methods rnf :: DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse -> () # | |
| Eq DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteSnapshotSchedule | |
| type Rep DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteSnapshotSchedule | |
newDeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse :: DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse Source #
Create a value of DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
DeleteTags
data DeleteTags Source #
Contains the output from the DeleteTags action.
See: newDeleteTags smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteTags' Text [Text] |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DeleteTags |
Create a value of DeleteTags with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DeleteTags, deleteTags_resourceName - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) from which you want to remove the tag or
tags. For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-2:123456789:cluster:t1.
$sel:tagKeys:DeleteTags', deleteTags_tagKeys - The tag key that you want to delete.
data DeleteTagsResponse Source #
See: newDeleteTagsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteTagsResponse' | |
Instances
| Generic DeleteTagsResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteTags Associated Types type Rep DeleteTagsResponse :: Type -> Type # Methods from :: DeleteTagsResponse -> Rep DeleteTagsResponse x # to :: Rep DeleteTagsResponse x -> DeleteTagsResponse # | |
| Read DeleteTagsResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteTags Methods readsPrec :: Int -> ReadS DeleteTagsResponse # readList :: ReadS [DeleteTagsResponse] # | |
| Show DeleteTagsResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteTags Methods showsPrec :: Int -> DeleteTagsResponse -> ShowS # show :: DeleteTagsResponse -> String # showList :: [DeleteTagsResponse] -> ShowS # | |
| NFData DeleteTagsResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteTags Methods rnf :: DeleteTagsResponse -> () # | |
| Eq DeleteTagsResponse Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.DeleteTags Methods (==) :: DeleteTagsResponse -> DeleteTagsResponse -> Bool # (/=) :: DeleteTagsResponse -> DeleteTagsResponse -> Bool # | |
| type Rep DeleteTagsResponse Source # | |
newDeleteTagsResponse :: DeleteTagsResponse Source #
Create a value of DeleteTagsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
DeleteUsageLimit
data DeleteUsageLimit Source #
See: newDeleteUsageLimit smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteUsageLimit' Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DeleteUsageLimit |
Create a value of DeleteUsageLimit with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DeleteUsageLimit, deleteUsageLimit_usageLimitId - The identifier of the usage limit to delete.
data DeleteUsageLimitResponse Source #
See: newDeleteUsageLimitResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteUsageLimitResponse' | |
Instances
newDeleteUsageLimitResponse :: DeleteUsageLimitResponse Source #
Create a value of DeleteUsageLimitResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
DescribeAccountAttributes
data DescribeAccountAttributes Source #
See: newDescribeAccountAttributes smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeAccountAttributes' (Maybe [Text]) |
Instances
newDescribeAccountAttributes :: DescribeAccountAttributes Source #
Create a value of DescribeAccountAttributes with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:attributeNames:DescribeAccountAttributes', describeAccountAttributes_attributeNames - A list of attribute names.
data DescribeAccountAttributesResponse Source #
See: newDescribeAccountAttributesResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeAccountAttributesResponse' (Maybe [AccountAttribute]) Int |
Instances
newDescribeAccountAttributesResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribeAccountAttributesResponse |
Create a value of DescribeAccountAttributesResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:accountAttributes:DescribeAccountAttributesResponse', describeAccountAttributesResponse_accountAttributes - A list of attributes assigned to an account.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeAccountAttributesResponse', describeAccountAttributesResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeAuthenticationProfiles
data DescribeAuthenticationProfiles Source #
See: newDescribeAuthenticationProfiles smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeAuthenticationProfiles' (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newDescribeAuthenticationProfiles :: DescribeAuthenticationProfiles Source #
Create a value of DescribeAuthenticationProfiles with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeAuthenticationProfiles, describeAuthenticationProfiles_authenticationProfileName - The name of the authentication profile to describe. If not specified
then all authentication profiles owned by the account are listed.
data DescribeAuthenticationProfilesResponse Source #
See: newDescribeAuthenticationProfilesResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeAuthenticationProfilesResponse' (Maybe [AuthenticationProfile]) Int |
Instances
newDescribeAuthenticationProfilesResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribeAuthenticationProfilesResponse |
Create a value of DescribeAuthenticationProfilesResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:authenticationProfiles:DescribeAuthenticationProfilesResponse', describeAuthenticationProfilesResponse_authenticationProfiles - The list of authentication profiles.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeAuthenticationProfilesResponse', describeAuthenticationProfilesResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeClusterDbRevisions (Paginated)
data DescribeClusterDbRevisions Source #
See: newDescribeClusterDbRevisions smart constructor.
Instances
newDescribeClusterDbRevisions :: DescribeClusterDbRevisions Source #
Create a value of DescribeClusterDbRevisions with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeClusterDbRevisions, describeClusterDbRevisions_clusterIdentifier - A unique identifier for a cluster whose ClusterDbRevisions you are
requesting. This parameter is case sensitive. All clusters defined for
an account are returned by default.
DescribeClusterDbRevisions, describeClusterDbRevisions_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point for returning a
set of response records. When the results of a
DescribeClusterDbRevisions request exceed the value specified in
MaxRecords, Amazon Redshift returns a value in the marker field of
the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by
providing the returned marker value in the marker parameter and
retrying the request.
Constraints: You can specify either the ClusterIdentifier parameter,
or the marker parameter, but not both.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeClusterDbRevisions', describeClusterDbRevisions_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in the marker field of the response. You
can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned
marker value in the marker parameter and retrying the request.
Default: 100
Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
data DescribeClusterDbRevisionsResponse Source #
See: newDescribeClusterDbRevisionsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeClusterDbRevisionsResponse' (Maybe [ClusterDbRevision]) (Maybe Text) Int |
Instances
newDescribeClusterDbRevisionsResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribeClusterDbRevisionsResponse |
Create a value of DescribeClusterDbRevisionsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clusterDbRevisions:DescribeClusterDbRevisionsResponse', describeClusterDbRevisionsResponse_clusterDbRevisions - A list of revisions.
DescribeClusterDbRevisions, describeClusterDbRevisionsResponse_marker - A string representing the starting point for the next set of revisions.
If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of
revisions by providing the value in the marker parameter and retrying
the command. If the marker field is empty, all revisions have already
been returned.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeClusterDbRevisionsResponse', describeClusterDbRevisionsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeClusterParameterGroups (Paginated)
data DescribeClusterParameterGroups Source #
See: newDescribeClusterParameterGroups smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeClusterParameterGroups' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) |
Instances
newDescribeClusterParameterGroups :: DescribeClusterParameterGroups Source #
Create a value of DescribeClusterParameterGroups with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeClusterParameterGroups, describeClusterParameterGroups_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a
DescribeClusterParameterGroups request exceed the value specified in
MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services returns a value in the Marker field
of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by
providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeClusterParameterGroups', describeClusterParameterGroups_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
Default: 100
Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
DescribeClusterParameterGroups, describeClusterParameterGroups_parameterGroupName - The name of a specific parameter group for which to return details. By
default, details about all parameter groups and the default parameter
group are returned.
$sel:tagKeys:DescribeClusterParameterGroups', describeClusterParameterGroups_tagKeys - A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster
parameter groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For
example, suppose that you have parameter groups that are tagged with
keys called owner and environment. If you specify both of these tag
keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the
parameter groups that have either or both of these tag keys associated
with them.
$sel:tagValues:DescribeClusterParameterGroups', describeClusterParameterGroups_tagValues - A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster
parameter groups that are associated with the specified tag value or
values. For example, suppose that you have parameter groups that are
tagged with values called admin and test. If you specify both of
these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with
the parameter groups that have either or both of these tag values
associated with them.
data DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse Source #
Contains the output from the DescribeClusterParameterGroups action.
See: newDescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ClusterParameterGroup]) Int |
Instances
newDescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse |
Create a value of DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeClusterParameterGroups, describeClusterParameterGroupsResponse_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response
records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response,
you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned
marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for
the request.
$sel:parameterGroups:DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse', describeClusterParameterGroupsResponse_parameterGroups - A list of ClusterParameterGroup instances. Each instance describes one
cluster parameter group.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse', describeClusterParameterGroupsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeClusterParameters (Paginated)
data DescribeClusterParameters Source #
See: newDescribeClusterParameters smart constructor.
Instances
newDescribeClusterParameters Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DescribeClusterParameters |
Create a value of DescribeClusterParameters with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeClusterParameters, describeClusterParameters_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterParameters
request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services
returns a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve
the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value
in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeClusterParameters', describeClusterParameters_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
Default: 100
Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
DescribeClusterParameters, describeClusterParameters_source - The parameter types to return. Specify user to show parameters that
are different form the default. Similarly, specify engine-default to
show parameters that are the same as the default parameter group.
Default: All parameter types returned.
Valid Values: user | engine-default
DescribeClusterParameters, describeClusterParameters_parameterGroupName - The name of a cluster parameter group for which to return details.
data DescribeClusterParametersResponse Source #
Contains the output from the DescribeClusterParameters action.
See: newDescribeClusterParametersResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newDescribeClusterParametersResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribeClusterParametersResponse |
Create a value of DescribeClusterParametersResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeClusterParameters, describeClusterParametersResponse_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response
records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response,
you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned
marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for
the request.
DescribeClusterParametersResponse, describeClusterParametersResponse_parameters - A list of Parameter instances. Each instance lists the parameters of one
cluster parameter group.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeClusterParametersResponse', describeClusterParametersResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeClusterSecurityGroups (Paginated)
data DescribeClusterSecurityGroups Source #
See: newDescribeClusterSecurityGroups smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeClusterSecurityGroups' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) |
Instances
newDescribeClusterSecurityGroups :: DescribeClusterSecurityGroups Source #
Create a value of DescribeClusterSecurityGroups with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeClusterSecurityGroups, describeClusterSecurityGroups_clusterSecurityGroupName - The name of a cluster security group for which you are requesting
details. You can specify either the Marker parameter or a
ClusterSecurityGroupName parameter, but not both.
Example: securitygroup1
DescribeClusterSecurityGroups, describeClusterSecurityGroups_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSecurityGroups
request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services
returns a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve
the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value
in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
Constraints: You can specify either the ClusterSecurityGroupName parameter or the Marker parameter, but not both.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeClusterSecurityGroups', describeClusterSecurityGroups_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
Default: 100
Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
$sel:tagKeys:DescribeClusterSecurityGroups', describeClusterSecurityGroups_tagKeys - A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster
security groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For
example, suppose that you have security groups that are tagged with keys
called owner and environment. If you specify both of these tag keys
in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the security
groups that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them.
$sel:tagValues:DescribeClusterSecurityGroups', describeClusterSecurityGroups_tagValues - A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster
security groups that are associated with the specified tag value or
values. For example, suppose that you have security groups that are
tagged with values called admin and test. If you specify both of
these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with
the security groups that have either or both of these tag values
associated with them.
data DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse Source #
See: newDescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse' (Maybe [ClusterSecurityGroup]) (Maybe Text) Int |
Instances
newDescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse |
Create a value of DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse, describeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse_clusterSecurityGroups - A list of ClusterSecurityGroup instances.
DescribeClusterSecurityGroups, describeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response
records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response,
you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned
marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for
the request.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse', describeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeClusterSnapshots (Paginated)
data DescribeClusterSnapshots Source #
See: newDescribeClusterSnapshots smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeClusterSnapshots' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [SnapshotSortingEntity]) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) |
Instances
newDescribeClusterSnapshots :: DescribeClusterSnapshots Source #
Create a value of DescribeClusterSnapshots with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clusterExists:DescribeClusterSnapshots', describeClusterSnapshots_clusterExists - A value that indicates whether to return snapshots only for an existing
cluster. You can perform table-level restore only by using a snapshot of
an existing cluster, that is, a cluster that has not been deleted.
Values for this parameter work as follows:
- If
ClusterExistsis set totrue,ClusterIdentifieris required. - If
ClusterExistsis set tofalseandClusterIdentifierisn't specified, all snapshots associated with deleted clusters (orphaned snapshots) are returned. - If
ClusterExistsis set tofalseandClusterIdentifieris specified for a deleted cluster, snapshots associated with that cluster are returned. - If
ClusterExistsis set tofalseandClusterIdentifieris specified for an existing cluster, no snapshots are returned.
DescribeClusterSnapshots, describeClusterSnapshots_clusterIdentifier - The identifier of the cluster which generated the requested snapshots.
DescribeClusterSnapshots, describeClusterSnapshots_endTime - A time value that requests only snapshots created at or before the
specified time. The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more
information about ISO 8601, go to the
ISO8601 Wikipedia page.
Example: 2012-07-16T18:00:00Z
DescribeClusterSnapshots, describeClusterSnapshots_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSnapshots
request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services
returns a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve
the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value
in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeClusterSnapshots', describeClusterSnapshots_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
Default: 100
Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
DescribeClusterSnapshots, describeClusterSnapshots_ownerAccount - The Amazon Web Services account used to create or copy the snapshot. Use
this field to filter the results to snapshots owned by a particular
account. To describe snapshots you own, either specify your Amazon Web
Services account, or do not specify the parameter.
$sel:snapshotArn:DescribeClusterSnapshots', describeClusterSnapshots_snapshotArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot associated with the
message to describe cluster snapshots.
DescribeClusterSnapshots, describeClusterSnapshots_snapshotIdentifier - The snapshot identifier of the snapshot about which to return
information.
DescribeClusterSnapshots, describeClusterSnapshots_snapshotType - The type of snapshots for which you are requesting information. By
default, snapshots of all types are returned.
Valid Values: automated | manual
$sel:sortingEntities:DescribeClusterSnapshots', describeClusterSnapshots_sortingEntities -
DescribeClusterSnapshots, describeClusterSnapshots_startTime - A value that requests only snapshots created at or after the specified
time. The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more
information about ISO 8601, go to the
ISO8601 Wikipedia page.
Example: 2012-07-16T18:00:00Z
$sel:tagKeys:DescribeClusterSnapshots', describeClusterSnapshots_tagKeys - A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster
snapshots that are associated with the specified key or keys. For
example, suppose that you have snapshots that are tagged with keys
called owner and environment. If you specify both of these tag keys
in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the snapshots
that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them.
$sel:tagValues:DescribeClusterSnapshots', describeClusterSnapshots_tagValues - A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster
snapshots that are associated with the specified tag value or values.
For example, suppose that you have snapshots that are tagged with values
called admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in
the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the snapshots that
have either or both of these tag values associated with them.
data DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse Source #
Contains the output from the DescribeClusterSnapshots action.
See: newDescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newDescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse Source #
Create a value of DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeClusterSnapshots, describeClusterSnapshotsResponse_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response
records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response,
you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned
marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for
the request.
$sel:snapshots:DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse', describeClusterSnapshotsResponse_snapshots - A list of Snapshot instances.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse', describeClusterSnapshotsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeClusterSubnetGroups (Paginated)
data DescribeClusterSubnetGroups Source #
See: newDescribeClusterSubnetGroups smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeClusterSubnetGroups' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) |
Instances
newDescribeClusterSubnetGroups :: DescribeClusterSubnetGroups Source #
Create a value of DescribeClusterSubnetGroups with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeClusterSubnetGroups, describeClusterSubnetGroups_clusterSubnetGroupName - The name of the cluster subnet group for which information is requested.
DescribeClusterSubnetGroups, describeClusterSubnetGroups_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSubnetGroups
request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services
returns a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve
the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value
in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeClusterSubnetGroups', describeClusterSubnetGroups_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
Default: 100
Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
$sel:tagKeys:DescribeClusterSubnetGroups', describeClusterSubnetGroups_tagKeys - A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster
subnet groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For
example, suppose that you have subnet groups that are tagged with keys
called owner and environment. If you specify both of these tag keys
in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the subnet
groups that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them.
$sel:tagValues:DescribeClusterSubnetGroups', describeClusterSubnetGroups_tagValues - A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster
subnet groups that are associated with the specified tag value or
values. For example, suppose that you have subnet groups that are tagged
with values called admin and test. If you specify both of these tag
values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the
subnet groups that have either or both of these tag values associated
with them.
data DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse Source #
Contains the output from the DescribeClusterSubnetGroups action.
See: newDescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse' (Maybe [ClusterSubnetGroup]) (Maybe Text) Int |
Instances
newDescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse |
Create a value of DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clusterSubnetGroups:DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse', describeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse_clusterSubnetGroups - A list of ClusterSubnetGroup instances.
DescribeClusterSubnetGroups, describeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response
records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response,
you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned
marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for
the request.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse', describeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeClusterTracks (Paginated)
data DescribeClusterTracks Source #
See: newDescribeClusterTracks smart constructor.
Instances
newDescribeClusterTracks :: DescribeClusterTracks Source #
Create a value of DescribeClusterTracks with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeClusterTracks, describeClusterTracks_maintenanceTrackName - The name of the maintenance track.
DescribeClusterTracks, describeClusterTracks_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterTracks
request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Redshift
returns a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve
the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value
in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeClusterTracks', describeClusterTracks_maxRecords - An integer value for the maximum number of maintenance tracks to return.
data DescribeClusterTracksResponse Source #
See: newDescribeClusterTracksResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeClusterTracksResponse' (Maybe [MaintenanceTrack]) (Maybe Text) Int |
Instances
newDescribeClusterTracksResponse Source #
Create a value of DescribeClusterTracksResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:maintenanceTracks:DescribeClusterTracksResponse', describeClusterTracksResponse_maintenanceTracks - A list of maintenance tracks output by the DescribeClusterTracks
operation.
DescribeClusterTracks, describeClusterTracksResponse_marker - The starting point to return a set of response tracklist records. You
can retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned
marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeClusterTracksResponse', describeClusterTracksResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeClusterVersions (Paginated)
data DescribeClusterVersions Source #
See: newDescribeClusterVersions smart constructor.
Instances
newDescribeClusterVersions :: DescribeClusterVersions Source #
Create a value of DescribeClusterVersions with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeClusterVersions, describeClusterVersions_clusterParameterGroupFamily - The name of a specific cluster parameter group family to return details
for.
Constraints:
- Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
- First character must be a letter
- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
DescribeClusterVersions, describeClusterVersions_clusterVersion - The specific cluster version to return.
Example: 1.0
DescribeClusterVersions, describeClusterVersions_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterVersions
request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services
returns a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve
the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value
in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeClusterVersions', describeClusterVersions_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
Default: 100
Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
data DescribeClusterVersionsResponse Source #
Contains the output from the DescribeClusterVersions action.
See: newDescribeClusterVersionsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeClusterVersionsResponse' (Maybe [ClusterVersion]) (Maybe Text) Int |
Instances
newDescribeClusterVersionsResponse Source #
Create a value of DescribeClusterVersionsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clusterVersions:DescribeClusterVersionsResponse', describeClusterVersionsResponse_clusterVersions - A list of Version elements.
DescribeClusterVersions, describeClusterVersionsResponse_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response
records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response,
you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned
marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for
the request.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeClusterVersionsResponse', describeClusterVersionsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeClusters (Paginated)
data DescribeClusters Source #
See: newDescribeClusters smart constructor.
Instances
newDescribeClusters :: DescribeClusters Source #
Create a value of DescribeClusters with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeClusters, describeClusters_clusterIdentifier - The unique identifier of a cluster whose properties you are requesting.
This parameter is case sensitive.
The default is that all clusters defined for an account are returned.
DescribeClusters, describeClusters_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeClusters request
exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services returns
a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the
Marker parameter and retrying the request.
Constraints: You can specify either the ClusterIdentifier parameter or the Marker parameter, but not both.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeClusters', describeClusters_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
Default: 100
Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
$sel:tagKeys:DescribeClusters', describeClusters_tagKeys - A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching clusters
that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
that you have clusters that are tagged with keys called owner and
environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request,
Amazon Redshift returns a response with the clusters that have either or
both of these tag keys associated with them.
$sel:tagValues:DescribeClusters', describeClusters_tagValues - A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching clusters
that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
suppose that you have clusters that are tagged with values called
admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the
request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the clusters that have
either or both of these tag values associated with them.
data DescribeClustersResponse Source #
Contains the output from the DescribeClusters action.
See: newDescribeClustersResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newDescribeClustersResponse Source #
Create a value of DescribeClustersResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clusters:DescribeClustersResponse', describeClustersResponse_clusters - A list of Cluster objects, where each object describes one cluster.
DescribeClusters, describeClustersResponse_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response
records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response,
you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned
marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for
the request.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeClustersResponse', describeClustersResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeDataShares (Paginated)
newDescribeDataShares :: DescribeDataShares Source #
Create a value of DescribeDataShares with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeDataShares, describeDataShares_dataShareArn - The identifier of the datashare to describe details of.
DescribeDataShares, describeDataShares_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeDataShares request
exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services returns
a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the
Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeDataShares', describeDataShares_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
data DescribeDataSharesResponse Source #
See: newDescribeDataSharesResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newDescribeDataSharesResponse Source #
Create a value of DescribeDataSharesResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:dataShares:DescribeDataSharesResponse', describeDataSharesResponse_dataShares - The results returned from describing datashares.
DescribeDataShares, describeDataSharesResponse_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeDataShares request
exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services returns
a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the
Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeDataSharesResponse', describeDataSharesResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeDataSharesForConsumer (Paginated)
data DescribeDataSharesForConsumer Source #
See: newDescribeDataSharesForConsumer smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeDataSharesForConsumer' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe DataShareStatusForConsumer) |
Instances
newDescribeDataSharesForConsumer :: DescribeDataSharesForConsumer Source #
Create a value of DescribeDataSharesForConsumer with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:consumerArn:DescribeDataSharesForConsumer', describeDataSharesForConsumer_consumerArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the consumer that returns in the list
of datashares.
DescribeDataSharesForConsumer, describeDataSharesForConsumer_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeDataSharesForConsumer
request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services
returns a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve
the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value
in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeDataSharesForConsumer', describeDataSharesForConsumer_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
DescribeDataSharesForConsumer, describeDataSharesForConsumer_status - An identifier giving the status of a datashare in the consumer cluster.
If this field is specified, Amazon Redshift returns the list of
datashares that have the specified status.
data DescribeDataSharesForConsumerResponse Source #
See: newDescribeDataSharesForConsumerResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newDescribeDataSharesForConsumerResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribeDataSharesForConsumerResponse |
Create a value of DescribeDataSharesForConsumerResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:dataShares:DescribeDataSharesForConsumerResponse', describeDataSharesForConsumerResponse_dataShares - Shows the results of datashares available for consumers.
DescribeDataSharesForConsumer, describeDataSharesForConsumerResponse_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeDataSharesForConsumer
request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services
returns a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve
the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value
in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeDataSharesForConsumerResponse', describeDataSharesForConsumerResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeDataSharesForProducer (Paginated)
data DescribeDataSharesForProducer Source #
See: newDescribeDataSharesForProducer smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeDataSharesForProducer' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe DataShareStatusForProducer) |
Instances
newDescribeDataSharesForProducer :: DescribeDataSharesForProducer Source #
Create a value of DescribeDataSharesForProducer with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeDataSharesForProducer, describeDataSharesForProducer_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeDataSharesForProducer
request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services
returns a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve
the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value
in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeDataSharesForProducer', describeDataSharesForProducer_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
DescribeDataSharesForProducer, describeDataSharesForProducer_producerArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the producer that returns in the list
of datashares.
DescribeDataSharesForProducer, describeDataSharesForProducer_status - An identifier giving the status of a datashare in the producer. If this
field is specified, Amazon Redshift returns the list of datashares that
have the specified status.
data DescribeDataSharesForProducerResponse Source #
See: newDescribeDataSharesForProducerResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newDescribeDataSharesForProducerResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribeDataSharesForProducerResponse |
Create a value of DescribeDataSharesForProducerResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:dataShares:DescribeDataSharesForProducerResponse', describeDataSharesForProducerResponse_dataShares - Shows the results of datashares available for producers.
DescribeDataSharesForProducer, describeDataSharesForProducerResponse_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeDataSharesForProducer
request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services
returns a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve
the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value
in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeDataSharesForProducerResponse', describeDataSharesForProducerResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeDefaultClusterParameters (Paginated)
data DescribeDefaultClusterParameters Source #
See: newDescribeDefaultClusterParameters smart constructor.
Instances
newDescribeDefaultClusterParameters Source #
Create a value of DescribeDefaultClusterParameters with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeDefaultClusterParameters, describeDefaultClusterParameters_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a
DescribeDefaultClusterParameters request exceed the value specified in
MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services returns a value in the Marker field
of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by
providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeDefaultClusterParameters', describeDefaultClusterParameters_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
Default: 100
Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
DescribeDefaultClusterParameters, describeDefaultClusterParameters_parameterGroupFamily - The name of the cluster parameter group family.
data DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse Source #
See: newDescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newDescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DefaultClusterParameters |
|
| -> DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse |
Create a value of DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse', describeDefaultClusterParametersResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
$sel:defaultClusterParameters:DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse', describeDefaultClusterParametersResponse_defaultClusterParameters - Undocumented member.
DescribeEndpointAccess (Paginated)
data DescribeEndpointAccess Source #
See: newDescribeEndpointAccess smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeEndpointAccess' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newDescribeEndpointAccess :: DescribeEndpointAccess Source #
Create a value of DescribeEndpointAccess with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeEndpointAccess, describeEndpointAccess_clusterIdentifier - The cluster identifier associated with the described endpoint.
DescribeEndpointAccess, describeEndpointAccess_endpointName - The name of the endpoint to be described.
DescribeEndpointAccess, describeEndpointAccess_marker - An optional pagination token provided by a previous
DescribeEndpointAccess request. If this parameter is specified, the
response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value
specified by the MaxRecords parameter.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeEndpointAccess', describeEndpointAccess_maxRecords - The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more
records exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token
called a Marker is included in the response so that the remaining
results can be retrieved.
DescribeEndpointAccess, describeEndpointAccess_resourceOwner - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the cluster.
DescribeEndpointAccess, describeEndpointAccess_vpcId - The virtual private cloud (VPC) identifier with access to the cluster.
data DescribeEndpointAccessResponse Source #
See: newDescribeEndpointAccessResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeEndpointAccessResponse' (Maybe [EndpointAccess]) (Maybe Text) Int |
Instances
newDescribeEndpointAccessResponse Source #
Create a value of DescribeEndpointAccessResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:endpointAccessList:DescribeEndpointAccessResponse', describeEndpointAccessResponse_endpointAccessList - The list of endpoints with access to the cluster.
DescribeEndpointAccess, describeEndpointAccessResponse_marker - An optional pagination token provided by a previous
DescribeEndpointAccess request. If this parameter is specified, the
response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value
specified by the MaxRecords parameter.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeEndpointAccessResponse', describeEndpointAccessResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeEndpointAuthorization (Paginated)
data DescribeEndpointAuthorization Source #
See: newDescribeEndpointAuthorization smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeEndpointAuthorization' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) |
Instances
newDescribeEndpointAuthorization :: DescribeEndpointAuthorization Source #
Create a value of DescribeEndpointAuthorization with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:account:DescribeEndpointAuthorization', describeEndpointAuthorization_account - The AAmazon Web Services account ID of either the cluster owner
(grantor) or grantee. If Grantee parameter is true, then the Account
value is of the grantor.
DescribeEndpointAuthorization, describeEndpointAuthorization_clusterIdentifier - The cluster identifier of the cluster to access.
DescribeEndpointAuthorization, describeEndpointAuthorization_grantee - Indicates whether to check authorization from a grantor or grantee point
of view. If true, Amazon Redshift returns endpoint authorizations that
you've been granted. If false (default), checks authorization from a
grantor point of view.
DescribeEndpointAuthorization, describeEndpointAuthorization_marker - An optional pagination token provided by a previous
DescribeEndpointAuthorization request. If this parameter is specified,
the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value
specified by the MaxRecords parameter.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeEndpointAuthorization', describeEndpointAuthorization_maxRecords - The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more
records exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token
called a Marker is included in the response so that the remaining
results can be retrieved.
data DescribeEndpointAuthorizationResponse Source #
See: newDescribeEndpointAuthorizationResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeEndpointAuthorizationResponse' (Maybe [EndpointAuthorization]) (Maybe Text) Int |
Instances
newDescribeEndpointAuthorizationResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribeEndpointAuthorizationResponse |
Create a value of DescribeEndpointAuthorizationResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:endpointAuthorizationList:DescribeEndpointAuthorizationResponse', describeEndpointAuthorizationResponse_endpointAuthorizationList - The authorizations to an endpoint.
DescribeEndpointAuthorization, describeEndpointAuthorizationResponse_marker - An optional pagination token provided by a previous
DescribeEndpointAuthorization request. If this parameter is specified,
the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value
specified by the MaxRecords parameter.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeEndpointAuthorizationResponse', describeEndpointAuthorizationResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeEventCategories
data DescribeEventCategories Source #
See: newDescribeEventCategories smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeEventCategories' (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newDescribeEventCategories :: DescribeEventCategories Source #
Create a value of DescribeEventCategories with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeEventCategories, describeEventCategories_sourceType - The source type, such as cluster or parameter group, to which the
described event categories apply.
Valid values: cluster, cluster-snapshot, cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, and scheduled-action.
data DescribeEventCategoriesResponse Source #
See: newDescribeEventCategoriesResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeEventCategoriesResponse' (Maybe [EventCategoriesMap]) Int |
Instances
newDescribeEventCategoriesResponse Source #
Create a value of DescribeEventCategoriesResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:eventCategoriesMapList:DescribeEventCategoriesResponse', describeEventCategoriesResponse_eventCategoriesMapList - A list of event categories descriptions.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeEventCategoriesResponse', describeEventCategoriesResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeEventSubscriptions (Paginated)
data DescribeEventSubscriptions Source #
See: newDescribeEventSubscriptions smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeEventSubscriptions' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) |
Instances
newDescribeEventSubscriptions :: DescribeEventSubscriptions Source #
Create a value of DescribeEventSubscriptions with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeEventSubscriptions, describeEventSubscriptions_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeEventSubscriptions
request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services
returns a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve
the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value
in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeEventSubscriptions', describeEventSubscriptions_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
Default: 100
Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
$sel:subscriptionName:DescribeEventSubscriptions', describeEventSubscriptions_subscriptionName - The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription to be
described.
$sel:tagKeys:DescribeEventSubscriptions', describeEventSubscriptions_tagKeys - A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching event
notification subscriptions that are associated with the specified key or
keys. For example, suppose that you have subscriptions that are tagged
with keys called owner and environment. If you specify both of these
tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the
subscriptions that have either or both of these tag keys associated with
them.
$sel:tagValues:DescribeEventSubscriptions', describeEventSubscriptions_tagValues - A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching event
notification subscriptions that are associated with the specified tag
value or values. For example, suppose that you have subscriptions that
are tagged with values called admin and test. If you specify both of
these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with
the subscriptions that have either or both of these tag values
associated with them.
data DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse Source #
See: newDescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse' (Maybe [EventSubscription]) (Maybe Text) Int |
Instances
newDescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse |
Create a value of DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:eventSubscriptionsList:DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse', describeEventSubscriptionsResponse_eventSubscriptionsList - A list of event subscriptions.
DescribeEventSubscriptions, describeEventSubscriptionsResponse_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response
records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response,
you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned
marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for
the request.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse', describeEventSubscriptionsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeEvents (Paginated)
data DescribeEvents Source #
See: newDescribeEvents smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeEvents' (Maybe Int) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe SourceType) (Maybe ISO8601) |
Instances
newDescribeEvents :: DescribeEvents Source #
Create a value of DescribeEvents with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeEvents, describeEvents_duration - The number of minutes prior to the time of the request for which to
retrieve events. For example, if the request is sent at 18:00 and you
specify a duration of 60, then only events which have occurred after
17:00 will be returned.
Default: 60
DescribeEvents, describeEvents_endTime - The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in
ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the
ISO8601 Wikipedia page.
Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
DescribeEvents, describeEvents_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeEvents request exceed
the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services returns a value
in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
response records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker
parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeEvents', describeEvents_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
Default: 100
Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
DescribeEvents, describeEvents_sourceIdentifier - The identifier of the event source for which events will be returned. If
this parameter is not specified, then all sources are included in the
response.
Constraints:
If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided.
- Specify a cluster identifier when SourceType is
cluster. - Specify a cluster security group name when SourceType is
cluster-security-group. - Specify a cluster parameter group name when SourceType is
cluster-parameter-group. - Specify a cluster snapshot identifier when SourceType is
cluster-snapshot.
DescribeEvents, describeEvents_sourceType - The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all
events are returned.
Constraints:
If SourceType is supplied, SourceIdentifier must also be provided.
- Specify
clusterwhen SourceIdentifier is a cluster identifier. - Specify
cluster-security-groupwhen SourceIdentifier is a cluster security group name. - Specify
cluster-parameter-groupwhen SourceIdentifier is a cluster parameter group name. - Specify
cluster-snapshotwhen SourceIdentifier is a cluster snapshot identifier.
DescribeEvents, describeEvents_startTime - The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in
ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the
ISO8601 Wikipedia page.
Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
data DescribeEventsResponse Source #
See: newDescribeEventsResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newDescribeEventsResponse Source #
Create a value of DescribeEventsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeEventsResponse, describeEventsResponse_events - A list of Event instances.
DescribeEvents, describeEventsResponse_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response
records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response,
you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned
marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for
the request.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeEventsResponse', describeEventsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeHsmClientCertificates (Paginated)
data DescribeHsmClientCertificates Source #
See: newDescribeHsmClientCertificates smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeHsmClientCertificates' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) |
Instances
newDescribeHsmClientCertificates :: DescribeHsmClientCertificates Source #
Create a value of DescribeHsmClientCertificates with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeHsmClientCertificates, describeHsmClientCertificates_hsmClientCertificateIdentifier - The identifier of a specific HSM client certificate for which you want
information. If no identifier is specified, information is returned for
all HSM client certificates owned by your Amazon Web Services account.
DescribeHsmClientCertificates, describeHsmClientCertificates_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeHsmClientCertificates
request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services
returns a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve
the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value
in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeHsmClientCertificates', describeHsmClientCertificates_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
Default: 100
Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
$sel:tagKeys:DescribeHsmClientCertificates', describeHsmClientCertificates_tagKeys - A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM client
certificates that are associated with the specified key or keys. For
example, suppose that you have HSM client certificates that are tagged
with keys called owner and environment. If you specify both of these
tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM
client certificates that have either or both of these tag keys
associated with them.
$sel:tagValues:DescribeHsmClientCertificates', describeHsmClientCertificates_tagValues - A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM
client certificates that are associated with the specified tag value or
values. For example, suppose that you have HSM client certificates that
are tagged with values called admin and test. If you specify both of
these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with
the HSM client certificates that have either or both of these tag values
associated with them.
data DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse Source #
See: newDescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse' (Maybe [HsmClientCertificate]) (Maybe Text) Int |
Instances
newDescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse |
Create a value of DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:hsmClientCertificates:DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse', describeHsmClientCertificatesResponse_hsmClientCertificates - A list of the identifiers for one or more HSM client certificates used
by Amazon Redshift clusters to store and retrieve database encryption
keys in an HSM.
DescribeHsmClientCertificates, describeHsmClientCertificatesResponse_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response
records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response,
you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned
marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for
the request.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse', describeHsmClientCertificatesResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeHsmConfigurations (Paginated)
data DescribeHsmConfigurations Source #
See: newDescribeHsmConfigurations smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeHsmConfigurations' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) |
Instances
newDescribeHsmConfigurations :: DescribeHsmConfigurations Source #
Create a value of DescribeHsmConfigurations with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeHsmConfigurations, describeHsmConfigurations_hsmConfigurationIdentifier - The identifier of a specific Amazon Redshift HSM configuration to be
described. If no identifier is specified, information is returned for
all HSM configurations owned by your Amazon Web Services account.
DescribeHsmConfigurations, describeHsmConfigurations_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeHsmConfigurations
request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services
returns a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve
the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value
in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeHsmConfigurations', describeHsmConfigurations_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
Default: 100
Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
$sel:tagKeys:DescribeHsmConfigurations', describeHsmConfigurations_tagKeys - A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM
configurations that are associated with the specified key or keys. For
example, suppose that you have HSM configurations that are tagged with
keys called owner and environment. If you specify both of these tag
keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM
configurations that have either or both of these tag keys associated
with them.
$sel:tagValues:DescribeHsmConfigurations', describeHsmConfigurations_tagValues - A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM
configurations that are associated with the specified tag value or
values. For example, suppose that you have HSM configurations that are
tagged with values called admin and test. If you specify both of
these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with
the HSM configurations that have either or both of these tag values
associated with them.
data DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse Source #
See: newDescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse' (Maybe [HsmConfiguration]) (Maybe Text) Int |
Instances
newDescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse |
Create a value of DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:hsmConfigurations:DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse', describeHsmConfigurationsResponse_hsmConfigurations - A list of HsmConfiguration objects.
DescribeHsmConfigurations, describeHsmConfigurationsResponse_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response
records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response,
you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned
marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for
the request.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse', describeHsmConfigurationsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeLoggingStatus
data DescribeLoggingStatus Source #
See: newDescribeLoggingStatus smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeLoggingStatus' Text |
Instances
newDescribeLoggingStatus Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DescribeLoggingStatus |
Create a value of DescribeLoggingStatus with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeLoggingStatus, describeLoggingStatus_clusterIdentifier - The identifier of the cluster from which to get the logging status.
Example: examplecluster
data LoggingStatus Source #
Describes the status of logging for a cluster.
See: newLoggingStatus smart constructor.
Constructors
| LoggingStatus' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe LogDestinationType) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newLoggingStatus :: LoggingStatus Source #
Create a value of LoggingStatus with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:bucketName:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_bucketName - The name of the S3 bucket where the log files are stored.
$sel:lastFailureMessage:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_lastFailureMessage - The message indicating that logs failed to be delivered.
$sel:lastFailureTime:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_lastFailureTime - The last time when logs failed to be delivered.
$sel:lastSuccessfulDeliveryTime:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_lastSuccessfulDeliveryTime - The last time that logs were delivered.
$sel:logDestinationType:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_logDestinationType - The log destination type. An enum with possible values of s3 and
cloudwatch.
$sel:logExports:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_logExports - The collection of exported log types. Log types include the connection
log, user log and user activity log.
$sel:loggingEnabled:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_loggingEnabled - true if logging is on, false if logging is off.
$sel:s3KeyPrefix:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_s3KeyPrefix - The prefix applied to the log file names.
DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions (Paginated)
data DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions Source #
See: newDescribeNodeConfigurationOptions smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) ActionType |
Instances
newDescribeNodeConfigurationOptions Source #
Arguments
| :: ActionType | |
| -> DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions |
Create a value of DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions, describeNodeConfigurationOptions_clusterIdentifier - The identifier of the cluster to evaluate for possible node
configurations.
$sel:filters:DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions', describeNodeConfigurationOptions_filters - A set of name, operator, and value items to filter the results.
DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions, describeNodeConfigurationOptions_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a
DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions request exceed the value specified in
MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services returns a value in the Marker field
of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by
providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions', describeNodeConfigurationOptions_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
Default: 500
Constraints: minimum 100, maximum 500.
DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions, describeNodeConfigurationOptions_ownerAccount - The Amazon Web Services account used to create or copy the snapshot.
Required if you are restoring a snapshot you do not own, optional if you
own the snapshot.
$sel:snapshotArn:DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions', describeNodeConfigurationOptions_snapshotArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot associated with the
message to describe node configuration.
DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions, describeNodeConfigurationOptions_snapshotIdentifier - The identifier of the snapshot to evaluate for possible node
configurations.
$sel:actionType:DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions', describeNodeConfigurationOptions_actionType - The action type to evaluate for possible node configurations. Specify
"restore-cluster" to get configuration combinations based on an
existing snapshot. Specify "recommend-node-config" to get
configuration recommendations based on an existing cluster or snapshot.
Specify "resize-cluster" to get configuration combinations for elastic
resize based on an existing cluster.
data DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsResponse Source #
See: newDescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [NodeConfigurationOption]) Int |
Instances
newDescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsResponse |
Create a value of DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions, describeNodeConfigurationOptionsResponse_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response
records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response,
you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned
marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for
the request.
$sel:nodeConfigurationOptionList:DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsResponse', describeNodeConfigurationOptionsResponse_nodeConfigurationOptionList - A list of valid node configurations.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsResponse', describeNodeConfigurationOptionsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeOrderableClusterOptions (Paginated)
data DescribeOrderableClusterOptions Source #
See: newDescribeOrderableClusterOptions smart constructor.
Instances
newDescribeOrderableClusterOptions :: DescribeOrderableClusterOptions Source #
Create a value of DescribeOrderableClusterOptions with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeOrderableClusterOptions, describeOrderableClusterOptions_clusterVersion - The version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
available offerings matching the specified version.
Default: All versions.
Constraints: Must be one of the version returned from DescribeClusterVersions.
DescribeOrderableClusterOptions, describeOrderableClusterOptions_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a
DescribeOrderableClusterOptions request exceed the value specified in
MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services returns a value in the Marker field
of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by
providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeOrderableClusterOptions', describeOrderableClusterOptions_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
Default: 100
Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
DescribeOrderableClusterOptions, describeOrderableClusterOptions_nodeType - The node type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
available offerings matching the specified node type.
data DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse Source #
Contains the output from the DescribeOrderableClusterOptions action.
See: newDescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [OrderableClusterOption]) Int |
Instances
newDescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse |
Create a value of DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeOrderableClusterOptions, describeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response
records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response,
you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned
marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for
the request.
$sel:orderableClusterOptions:DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse', describeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse_orderableClusterOptions - An OrderableClusterOption structure containing information about
orderable options for the cluster.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse', describeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribePartners
data DescribePartners Source #
See: newDescribePartners smart constructor.
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> DescribePartners |
Create a value of DescribePartners with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribePartners, describePartners_databaseName - The name of the database whose partner integration is being described.
If database name is not specified, then all databases in the cluster are
described.
DescribePartners, describePartners_partnerName - The name of the partner that is being described. If partner name is not
specified, then all partner integrations are described.
DescribePartners, describePartners_accountId - The Amazon Web Services account ID that owns the cluster.
DescribePartners, describePartners_clusterIdentifier - The cluster identifier of the cluster whose partner integration is being
described.
data DescribePartnersResponse Source #
See: newDescribePartnersResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribePartnersResponse' (Maybe [PartnerIntegrationInfo]) Int |
Instances
newDescribePartnersResponse Source #
Create a value of DescribePartnersResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:partnerIntegrationInfoList:DescribePartnersResponse', describePartnersResponse_partnerIntegrationInfoList - A list of partner integrations.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribePartnersResponse', describePartnersResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus (Paginated)
data DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus Source #
See: newDescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus smart constructor.
Instances
newDescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus :: DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus Source #
Create a value of DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus, describeReservedNodeExchangeStatus_marker - An optional pagination token provided by a previous
DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus request. If this parameter is
specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
the value specified by the MaxRecords parameter. You can retrieve the
next set of response records by providing the returned marker value in
the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus', describeReservedNodeExchangeStatus_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a Marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus, describeReservedNodeExchangeStatus_reservedNodeExchangeRequestId - The identifier of the reserved-node exchange request.
DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus, describeReservedNodeExchangeStatus_reservedNodeId - The identifier of the source reserved node in a reserved-node exchange
request.
data DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusResponse Source #
See: newDescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ReservedNodeExchangeStatus]) Int |
Instances
newDescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusResponse |
Create a value of DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus, describeReservedNodeExchangeStatusResponse_marker - A pagination token provided by a previous
DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus request.
$sel:reservedNodeExchangeStatusDetails:DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusResponse', describeReservedNodeExchangeStatusResponse_reservedNodeExchangeStatusDetails - The details of the reserved-node exchange request, including the status,
request time, source reserved-node identifier, and additional details.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusResponse', describeReservedNodeExchangeStatusResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeReservedNodeOfferings (Paginated)
data DescribeReservedNodeOfferings Source #
See: newDescribeReservedNodeOfferings smart constructor.
Instances
newDescribeReservedNodeOfferings :: DescribeReservedNodeOfferings Source #
Create a value of DescribeReservedNodeOfferings with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeReservedNodeOfferings, describeReservedNodeOfferings_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeReservedNodeOfferings
request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services
returns a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve
the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value
in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeReservedNodeOfferings', describeReservedNodeOfferings_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
Default: 100
Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
DescribeReservedNodeOfferings, describeReservedNodeOfferings_reservedNodeOfferingId - The unique identifier for the offering.
data DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse Source #
See: newDescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ReservedNodeOffering]) Int |
Instances
newDescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse |
Create a value of DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeReservedNodeOfferings, describeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response
records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response,
you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned
marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for
the request.
$sel:reservedNodeOfferings:DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse', describeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse_reservedNodeOfferings - A list of ReservedNodeOffering objects.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse', describeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeReservedNodes (Paginated)
data DescribeReservedNodes Source #
See: newDescribeReservedNodes smart constructor.
Instances
newDescribeReservedNodes :: DescribeReservedNodes Source #
Create a value of DescribeReservedNodes with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeReservedNodes, describeReservedNodes_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeReservedNodes request
exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services returns
a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the
Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeReservedNodes', describeReservedNodes_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
Default: 100
Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
DescribeReservedNodes, describeReservedNodes_reservedNodeId - Identifier for the node reservation.
data DescribeReservedNodesResponse Source #
See: newDescribeReservedNodesResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeReservedNodesResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ReservedNode]) Int |
Instances
newDescribeReservedNodesResponse Source #
Create a value of DescribeReservedNodesResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeReservedNodes, describeReservedNodesResponse_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response
records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response,
you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned
marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for
the request.
$sel:reservedNodes:DescribeReservedNodesResponse', describeReservedNodesResponse_reservedNodes - The list of ReservedNode objects.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeReservedNodesResponse', describeReservedNodesResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeResize
data DescribeResize Source #
See: newDescribeResize smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeResize' Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DescribeResize |
Create a value of DescribeResize with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeResize, describeResize_clusterIdentifier - The unique identifier of a cluster whose resize progress you are
requesting. This parameter is case-sensitive.
By default, resize operations for all clusters defined for an Amazon Web Services account are returned.
data ResizeProgressMessage Source #
Describes the result of a cluster resize operation.
See: newResizeProgressMessage smart constructor.
Constructors
| ResizeProgressMessage' (Maybe Double) (Maybe Double) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Integer) |
Instances
newResizeProgressMessage :: ResizeProgressMessage Source #
Create a value of ResizeProgressMessage with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:avgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_avgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond - The average rate of the resize operation over the last few minutes,
measured in megabytes per second. After the resize operation completes,
this value shows the average rate of the entire resize operation.
$sel:dataTransferProgressPercent:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_dataTransferProgressPercent - The percent of data transferred from source cluster to target cluster.
$sel:elapsedTimeInSeconds:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_elapsedTimeInSeconds - The amount of seconds that have elapsed since the resize operation
began. After the resize operation completes, this value shows the total
actual time, in seconds, for the resize operation.
$sel:estimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_estimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds - The estimated time remaining, in seconds, until the resize operation is
complete. This value is calculated based on the average resize rate and
the estimated amount of data remaining to be processed. Once the resize
operation is complete, this value will be 0.
$sel:importTablesCompleted:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_importTablesCompleted - The names of tables that have been completely imported .
Valid Values: List of table names.
$sel:importTablesInProgress:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_importTablesInProgress - The names of tables that are being currently imported.
Valid Values: List of table names.
$sel:importTablesNotStarted:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_importTablesNotStarted - The names of tables that have not been yet imported.
Valid Values: List of table names
$sel:message:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_message - An optional string to provide additional details about the resize
action.
$sel:progressInMegaBytes:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_progressInMegaBytes - While the resize operation is in progress, this value shows the current
amount of data, in megabytes, that has been processed so far. When the
resize operation is complete, this value shows the total amount of data,
in megabytes, on the cluster, which may be more or less than
TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes (the estimated total amount of data before
resize).
$sel:resizeType:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_resizeType - An enum with possible values of ClassicResize and ElasticResize.
These values describe the type of resize operation being performed.
$sel:status:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_status - The status of the resize operation.
Valid Values: NONE | IN_PROGRESS | FAILED | SUCCEEDED |
CANCELLING
$sel:targetClusterType:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_targetClusterType - The cluster type after the resize operation is complete.
Valid Values: multi-node | single-node
$sel:targetEncryptionType:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_targetEncryptionType - The type of encryption for the cluster after the resize is complete.
Possible values are KMS and None.
$sel:targetNodeType:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_targetNodeType - The node type that the cluster will have after the resize operation is
complete.
$sel:targetNumberOfNodes:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_targetNumberOfNodes - The number of nodes that the cluster will have after the resize
operation is complete.
$sel:totalResizeDataInMegaBytes:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_totalResizeDataInMegaBytes - The estimated total amount of data, in megabytes, on the cluster before
the resize operation began.
DescribeScheduledActions (Paginated)
data DescribeScheduledActions Source #
See: newDescribeScheduledActions smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeScheduledActions' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe [ScheduledActionFilter]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe ScheduledActionTypeValues) |
Instances
newDescribeScheduledActions :: DescribeScheduledActions Source #
Create a value of DescribeScheduledActions with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:active:DescribeScheduledActions', describeScheduledActions_active - If true, retrieve only active scheduled actions. If false, retrieve only
disabled scheduled actions.
DescribeScheduledActions, describeScheduledActions_endTime - The end time in UTC of the scheduled action to retrieve. Only active
scheduled actions that have invocations before this time are retrieved.
$sel:filters:DescribeScheduledActions', describeScheduledActions_filters - List of scheduled action filters.
DescribeScheduledActions, describeScheduledActions_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeScheduledActions
request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services
returns a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve
the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value
in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeScheduledActions', describeScheduledActions_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
Default: 100
Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
DescribeScheduledActions, describeScheduledActions_scheduledActionName - The name of the scheduled action to retrieve.
DescribeScheduledActions, describeScheduledActions_startTime - The start time in UTC of the scheduled actions to retrieve. Only active
scheduled actions that have invocations after this time are retrieved.
$sel:targetActionType:DescribeScheduledActions', describeScheduledActions_targetActionType - The type of the scheduled actions to retrieve.
data DescribeScheduledActionsResponse Source #
See: newDescribeScheduledActionsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeScheduledActionsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ScheduledAction]) Int |
Instances
newDescribeScheduledActionsResponse Source #
Create a value of DescribeScheduledActionsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeScheduledActions, describeScheduledActionsResponse_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeScheduledActions
request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services
returns a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve
the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value
in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:scheduledActions:DescribeScheduledActionsResponse', describeScheduledActionsResponse_scheduledActions - List of retrieved scheduled actions.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeScheduledActionsResponse', describeScheduledActionsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants (Paginated)
data DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants Source #
The result of the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants action.
See: newDescribeSnapshotCopyGrants smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) |
Instances
newDescribeSnapshotCopyGrants :: DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants Source #
Create a value of DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants, describeSnapshotCopyGrants_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeSnapshotCopyGrant
request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services
returns a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve
the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value
in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
Constraints: You can specify either the SnapshotCopyGrantName parameter or the Marker parameter, but not both.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants', describeSnapshotCopyGrants_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
Default: 100
Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants, describeSnapshotCopyGrants_snapshotCopyGrantName - The name of the snapshot copy grant.
$sel:tagKeys:DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants', describeSnapshotCopyGrants_tagKeys - A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching resources
that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
that you have resources tagged with keys called owner and
environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request,
Amazon Redshift returns a response with all resources that have either
or both of these tag keys associated with them.
$sel:tagValues:DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants', describeSnapshotCopyGrants_tagValues - A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching
resources that are associated with the specified value or values. For
example, suppose that you have resources tagged with values called
admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the
request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with all resources that have
either or both of these tag values associated with them.
data DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse Source #
See: newDescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [SnapshotCopyGrant]) Int |
Instances
newDescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse |
Create a value of DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants, describeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeSnapshotCopyGrant
request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services
returns a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve
the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value
in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
Constraints: You can specify either the SnapshotCopyGrantName parameter or the Marker parameter, but not both.
$sel:snapshotCopyGrants:DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse', describeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse_snapshotCopyGrants - The list of SnapshotCopyGrant objects.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse', describeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeSnapshotSchedules (Paginated)
data DescribeSnapshotSchedules Source #
See: newDescribeSnapshotSchedules smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeSnapshotSchedules' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) |
Instances
newDescribeSnapshotSchedules :: DescribeSnapshotSchedules Source #
Create a value of DescribeSnapshotSchedules with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeSnapshotSchedules, describeSnapshotSchedules_clusterIdentifier - The unique identifier for the cluster whose snapshot schedules you want
to view.
DescribeSnapshotSchedules, describeSnapshotSchedules_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response
records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response,
you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned
marker value in the marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for
the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeSnapshotSchedules', describeSnapshotSchedules_maxRecords - The maximum number or response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
DescribeSnapshotSchedules, describeSnapshotSchedules_scheduleIdentifier - A unique identifier for a snapshot schedule.
$sel:tagKeys:DescribeSnapshotSchedules', describeSnapshotSchedules_tagKeys - The key value for a snapshot schedule tag.
$sel:tagValues:DescribeSnapshotSchedules', describeSnapshotSchedules_tagValues - The value corresponding to the key of the snapshot schedule tag.
data DescribeSnapshotSchedulesResponse Source #
See: newDescribeSnapshotSchedulesResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeSnapshotSchedulesResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [SnapshotSchedule]) Int |
Instances
newDescribeSnapshotSchedulesResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribeSnapshotSchedulesResponse |
Create a value of DescribeSnapshotSchedulesResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeSnapshotSchedules, describeSnapshotSchedulesResponse_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response
records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response,
you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned
marker value in the marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for
the request.
$sel:snapshotSchedules:DescribeSnapshotSchedulesResponse', describeSnapshotSchedulesResponse_snapshotSchedules - A list of SnapshotSchedules.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeSnapshotSchedulesResponse', describeSnapshotSchedulesResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeStorage
data DescribeStorage Source #
See: newDescribeStorage smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeStorage' | |
Instances
newDescribeStorage :: DescribeStorage Source #
Create a value of DescribeStorage with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
data DescribeStorageResponse Source #
See: newDescribeStorageResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newDescribeStorageResponse Source #
Create a value of DescribeStorageResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeStorageResponse, describeStorageResponse_totalBackupSizeInMegaBytes - The total amount of storage currently used for snapshots.
$sel:totalProvisionedStorageInMegaBytes:DescribeStorageResponse', describeStorageResponse_totalProvisionedStorageInMegaBytes - The total amount of storage currently provisioned.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeStorageResponse', describeStorageResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeTableRestoreStatus (Paginated)
data DescribeTableRestoreStatus Source #
See: newDescribeTableRestoreStatus smart constructor.
Instances
newDescribeTableRestoreStatus :: DescribeTableRestoreStatus Source #
Create a value of DescribeTableRestoreStatus with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeTableRestoreStatus, describeTableRestoreStatus_clusterIdentifier - The Amazon Redshift cluster that the table is being restored to.
DescribeTableRestoreStatus, describeTableRestoreStatus_marker - An optional pagination token provided by a previous
DescribeTableRestoreStatus request. If this parameter is specified,
the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value
specified by the MaxRecords parameter.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeTableRestoreStatus', describeTableRestoreStatus_maxRecords - The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more
records exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token
called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining
results can be retrieved.
DescribeTableRestoreStatus, describeTableRestoreStatus_tableRestoreRequestId - The identifier of the table restore request to return status for. If you
don't specify a TableRestoreRequestId value, then
DescribeTableRestoreStatus returns the status of all in-progress table
restore requests.
data DescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse Source #
See: newDescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [TableRestoreStatus]) Int |
Instances
newDescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse |
Create a value of DescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeTableRestoreStatus, describeTableRestoreStatusResponse_marker - A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent
DescribeTableRestoreStatus request.
$sel:tableRestoreStatusDetails:DescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse', describeTableRestoreStatusResponse_tableRestoreStatusDetails - A list of status details for one or more table restore requests.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse', describeTableRestoreStatusResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeTags (Paginated)
data DescribeTags Source #
See: newDescribeTags smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeTags' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) |
Instances
newDescribeTags :: DescribeTags Source #
Create a value of DescribeTags with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeTags, describeTags_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response
records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response,
you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned
marker value in the marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for
the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeTags', describeTags_maxRecords - The maximum number or response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
DescribeTags, describeTags_resourceName - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for which you want to describe the tag or
tags. For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-2:123456789:cluster:t1.
DescribeTags, describeTags_resourceType - The type of resource with which you want to view tags. Valid resource
types are:
- Cluster
- CIDR/IP
- EC2 security group
- Snapshot
- Cluster security group
- Subnet group
- HSM connection
- HSM certificate
- Parameter group
- Snapshot copy grant
For more information about Amazon Redshift resource types and constructing ARNs, go to Specifying Policy Elements: Actions, Effects, Resources, and Principals in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
$sel:tagKeys:DescribeTags', describeTags_tagKeys - A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching resources
that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
that you have resources tagged with keys called owner and
environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request,
Amazon Redshift returns a response with all resources that have either
or both of these tag keys associated with them.
$sel:tagValues:DescribeTags', describeTags_tagValues - A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching
resources that are associated with the specified value or values. For
example, suppose that you have resources tagged with values called
admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the
request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with all resources that have
either or both of these tag values associated with them.
data DescribeTagsResponse Source #
See: newDescribeTagsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeTagsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [TaggedResource]) Int |
Instances
newDescribeTagsResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> DescribeTagsResponse |
Create a value of DescribeTagsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeTags, describeTagsResponse_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response
records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response,
you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned
marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for
the request.
$sel:taggedResources:DescribeTagsResponse', describeTagsResponse_taggedResources - A list of tags with their associated resources.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeTagsResponse', describeTagsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DescribeUsageLimits (Paginated)
data DescribeUsageLimits Source #
See: newDescribeUsageLimits smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeUsageLimits' (Maybe Text) (Maybe UsageLimitFeatureType) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newDescribeUsageLimits :: DescribeUsageLimits Source #
Create a value of DescribeUsageLimits with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeUsageLimits, describeUsageLimits_clusterIdentifier - The identifier of the cluster for which you want to describe usage
limits.
DescribeUsageLimits, describeUsageLimits_featureType - The feature type for which you want to describe usage limits.
DescribeUsageLimits, describeUsageLimits_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set
of response records. When the results of a DescribeUsageLimits request
exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Web Services returns
a value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the
Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:DescribeUsageLimits', describeUsageLimits_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
Default: 100
Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
$sel:tagKeys:DescribeUsageLimits', describeUsageLimits_tagKeys - A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching usage limit
objects that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example,
suppose that you have parameter groups that are tagged with keys called
owner and environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the
request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the usage limit objects
have either or both of these tag keys associated with them.
$sel:tagValues:DescribeUsageLimits', describeUsageLimits_tagValues - A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching usage
limit objects that are associated with the specified tag value or
values. For example, suppose that you have parameter groups that are
tagged with values called admin and test. If you specify both of
these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with
the usage limit objects that have either or both of these tag values
associated with them.
DescribeUsageLimits, describeUsageLimits_usageLimitId - The identifier of the usage limit to describe.
data DescribeUsageLimitsResponse Source #
See: newDescribeUsageLimitsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DescribeUsageLimitsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [UsageLimit]) Int |
Instances
newDescribeUsageLimitsResponse Source #
Create a value of DescribeUsageLimitsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DescribeUsageLimits, describeUsageLimitsResponse_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response
records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response,
you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned
marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for
the request.
$sel:usageLimits:DescribeUsageLimitsResponse', describeUsageLimitsResponse_usageLimits - Contains the output from the DescribeUsageLimits action.
$sel:httpStatus:DescribeUsageLimitsResponse', describeUsageLimitsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DisableLogging
data DisableLogging Source #
See: newDisableLogging smart constructor.
Constructors
| DisableLogging' Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DisableLogging |
Create a value of DisableLogging with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DisableLogging, disableLogging_clusterIdentifier - The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be stopped.
Example: examplecluster
data LoggingStatus Source #
Describes the status of logging for a cluster.
See: newLoggingStatus smart constructor.
Constructors
| LoggingStatus' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe LogDestinationType) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newLoggingStatus :: LoggingStatus Source #
Create a value of LoggingStatus with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:bucketName:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_bucketName - The name of the S3 bucket where the log files are stored.
$sel:lastFailureMessage:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_lastFailureMessage - The message indicating that logs failed to be delivered.
$sel:lastFailureTime:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_lastFailureTime - The last time when logs failed to be delivered.
$sel:lastSuccessfulDeliveryTime:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_lastSuccessfulDeliveryTime - The last time that logs were delivered.
$sel:logDestinationType:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_logDestinationType - The log destination type. An enum with possible values of s3 and
cloudwatch.
$sel:logExports:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_logExports - The collection of exported log types. Log types include the connection
log, user log and user activity log.
$sel:loggingEnabled:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_loggingEnabled - true if logging is on, false if logging is off.
$sel:s3KeyPrefix:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_s3KeyPrefix - The prefix applied to the log file names.
DisableSnapshotCopy
data DisableSnapshotCopy Source #
See: newDisableSnapshotCopy smart constructor.
Constructors
| DisableSnapshotCopy' Text |
Instances
newDisableSnapshotCopy Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DisableSnapshotCopy |
Create a value of DisableSnapshotCopy with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
DisableSnapshotCopy, disableSnapshotCopy_clusterIdentifier - The unique identifier of the source cluster that you want to disable
copying of snapshots to a destination region.
Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that has cross-region snapshot copy enabled.
data DisableSnapshotCopyResponse Source #
See: newDisableSnapshotCopyResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| DisableSnapshotCopyResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int |
Instances
newDisableSnapshotCopyResponse Source #
Create a value of DisableSnapshotCopyResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:cluster:DisableSnapshotCopyResponse', disableSnapshotCopyResponse_cluster - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:DisableSnapshotCopyResponse', disableSnapshotCopyResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
DisassociateDataShareConsumer
data DisassociateDataShareConsumer Source #
See: newDisassociateDataShareConsumer smart constructor.
Instances
newDisassociateDataShareConsumer Source #
Create a value of DisassociateDataShareConsumer with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:consumerArn:DisassociateDataShareConsumer', disassociateDataShareConsumer_consumerArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the consumer that association for the
datashare is removed from.
DisassociateDataShareConsumer, disassociateDataShareConsumer_consumerRegion - From a datashare consumer account, removes association of a datashare
from all the existing and future namespaces in the specified Amazon Web
Services Region.
$sel:disassociateEntireAccount:DisassociateDataShareConsumer', disassociateDataShareConsumer_disassociateEntireAccount - A value that specifies whether association for the datashare is removed
from the entire account.
DisassociateDataShareConsumer, disassociateDataShareConsumer_dataShareArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the datashare to remove association
for.
See: newDataShare smart constructor.
Constructors
| DataShare' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [DataShareAssociation]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newDataShare :: DataShare Source #
Create a value of DataShare with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:allowPubliclyAccessibleConsumers:DataShare', dataShare_allowPubliclyAccessibleConsumers - A value that specifies whether the datashare can be shared to a publicly
accessible cluster.
$sel:dataShareArn:DataShare', dataShare_dataShareArn - An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that references the datashare that is
owned by a specific namespace of the producer cluster. A datashare ARN
is in the
arn:aws:redshift:{region}:{account-id}:{datashare}:{namespace-guid}/{datashare-name}
format.
$sel:dataShareAssociations:DataShare', dataShare_dataShareAssociations - A value that specifies when the datashare has an association between
producer and data consumers.
$sel:managedBy:DataShare', dataShare_managedBy - The identifier of a datashare to show its managing entity.
$sel:producerArn:DataShare', dataShare_producerArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the producer.
EnableLogging
data EnableLogging Source #
See: newEnableLogging smart constructor.
Constructors
| EnableLogging' (Maybe Text) (Maybe LogDestinationType) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> EnableLogging |
Create a value of EnableLogging with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
EnableLogging, enableLogging_bucketName - The name of an existing S3 bucket where the log files are to be stored.
Constraints:
- Must be in the same region as the cluster
- The cluster must have read bucket and put object permissions
EnableLogging, enableLogging_logDestinationType - The log destination type. An enum with possible values of s3 and
cloudwatch.
EnableLogging, enableLogging_logExports - The collection of exported log types. Log types include the connection
log, user log and user activity log.
EnableLogging, enableLogging_s3KeyPrefix - The prefix applied to the log file names.
Constraints:
- Cannot exceed 512 characters
Cannot contain spaces( ), double quotes ("), single quotes ('), a backslash (\), or control characters. The hexadecimal codes for invalid characters are:
- x00 to x20
- x22
- x27
- x5c
- x7f or larger
EnableLogging, enableLogging_clusterIdentifier - The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be started.
Example: examplecluster
data LoggingStatus Source #
Describes the status of logging for a cluster.
See: newLoggingStatus smart constructor.
Constructors
| LoggingStatus' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe LogDestinationType) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newLoggingStatus :: LoggingStatus Source #
Create a value of LoggingStatus with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:bucketName:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_bucketName - The name of the S3 bucket where the log files are stored.
$sel:lastFailureMessage:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_lastFailureMessage - The message indicating that logs failed to be delivered.
$sel:lastFailureTime:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_lastFailureTime - The last time when logs failed to be delivered.
$sel:lastSuccessfulDeliveryTime:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_lastSuccessfulDeliveryTime - The last time that logs were delivered.
$sel:logDestinationType:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_logDestinationType - The log destination type. An enum with possible values of s3 and
cloudwatch.
$sel:logExports:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_logExports - The collection of exported log types. Log types include the connection
log, user log and user activity log.
$sel:loggingEnabled:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_loggingEnabled - true if logging is on, false if logging is off.
$sel:s3KeyPrefix:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_s3KeyPrefix - The prefix applied to the log file names.
EnableSnapshotCopy
data EnableSnapshotCopy Source #
See: newEnableSnapshotCopy smart constructor.
Instances
newEnableSnapshotCopy Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> EnableSnapshotCopy |
Create a value of EnableSnapshotCopy with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
EnableSnapshotCopy, enableSnapshotCopy_manualSnapshotRetentionPeriod - The number of days to retain newly copied snapshots in the destination
Amazon Web Services Region after they are copied from the source Amazon
Web Services Region. If the value is -1, the manual snapshot is retained
indefinitely.
The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
EnableSnapshotCopy, enableSnapshotCopy_retentionPeriod - The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination
region after they are copied from the source region.
Default: 7.
Constraints: Must be at least 1 and no more than 35.
EnableSnapshotCopy, enableSnapshotCopy_snapshotCopyGrantName - The name of the snapshot copy grant to use when snapshots of an Amazon
Web Services KMS-encrypted cluster are copied to the destination region.
EnableSnapshotCopy, enableSnapshotCopy_clusterIdentifier - The unique identifier of the source cluster to copy snapshots from.
Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that does not already have cross-region snapshot copy enabled.
EnableSnapshotCopy, enableSnapshotCopy_destinationRegion - The destination Amazon Web Services Region that you want to copy
snapshots to.
Constraints: Must be the name of a valid Amazon Web Services Region. For more information, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
data EnableSnapshotCopyResponse Source #
See: newEnableSnapshotCopyResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| EnableSnapshotCopyResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int |
Instances
newEnableSnapshotCopyResponse Source #
Create a value of EnableSnapshotCopyResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:cluster:EnableSnapshotCopyResponse', enableSnapshotCopyResponse_cluster - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:EnableSnapshotCopyResponse', enableSnapshotCopyResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
GetClusterCredentials
data GetClusterCredentials Source #
The request parameters to get cluster credentials.
See: newGetClusterCredentials smart constructor.
Instances
newGetClusterCredentials Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> GetClusterCredentials |
Create a value of GetClusterCredentials with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:autoCreate:GetClusterCredentials', getClusterCredentials_autoCreate - Create a database user with the name specified for the user named in
DbUser if one does not exist.
$sel:dbGroups:GetClusterCredentials', getClusterCredentials_dbGroups - A list of the names of existing database groups that the user named in
DbUser will join for the current session, in addition to any group
memberships for an existing user. If not specified, a new user is added
only to PUBLIC.
Database group name constraints
- Must be 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
- Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, underscore, plus sign, period (dot), at symbol (@), or hyphen.
- First character must be a letter.
- Must not contain a colon ( : ) or slash ( / ).
- Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in Reserved Words in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
GetClusterCredentials, getClusterCredentials_dbName - The name of a database that DbUser is authorized to log on to. If
DbName is not specified, DbUser can log on to any existing database.
Constraints:
- Must be 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
- Must contain uppercase or lowercase letters, numbers, underscore, plus sign, period (dot), at symbol (@), or hyphen.
- First character must be a letter.
- Must not contain a colon ( : ) or slash ( / ).
- Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in Reserved Words in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
$sel:durationSeconds:GetClusterCredentials', getClusterCredentials_durationSeconds - The number of seconds until the returned temporary password expires.
Constraint: minimum 900, maximum 3600.
Default: 900
GetClusterCredentials, getClusterCredentials_dbUser - The name of a database user. If a user name matching DbUser exists in
the database, the temporary user credentials have the same permissions
as the existing user. If DbUser doesn't exist in the database and
Autocreate is True, a new user is created using the value for
DbUser with PUBLIC permissions. If a database user matching the value
for DbUser doesn't exist and Autocreate is False, then the
command succeeds but the connection attempt will fail because the user
doesn't exist in the database.
For more information, see CREATE USER in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
Constraints:
- Must be 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. The user name
can't be
PUBLIC. - Must contain uppercase or lowercase letters, numbers, underscore, plus sign, period (dot), at symbol (@), or hyphen.
- First character must be a letter.
- Must not contain a colon ( : ) or slash ( / ).
- Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in Reserved Words in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
GetClusterCredentials, getClusterCredentials_clusterIdentifier - The unique identifier of the cluster that contains the database for
which you are requesting credentials. This parameter is case sensitive.
data GetClusterCredentialsResponse Source #
Temporary credentials with authorization to log on to an Amazon Redshift database.
See: newGetClusterCredentialsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetClusterCredentialsResponse' (Maybe (Sensitive Text)) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) Int |
Instances
newGetClusterCredentialsResponse Source #
Create a value of GetClusterCredentialsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:dbPassword:GetClusterCredentialsResponse', getClusterCredentialsResponse_dbPassword - A temporary password that authorizes the user name returned by DbUser
to log on to the database DbName.
GetClusterCredentials, getClusterCredentialsResponse_dbUser - A database user name that is authorized to log on to the database
DbName using the password DbPassword. If the specified DbUser exists
in the database, the new user name has the same database permissions as
the the user named in DbUser. By default, the user is added to PUBLIC.
If the DbGroups parameter is specifed, DbUser is added to the listed
groups for any sessions created using these credentials.
$sel:expiration:GetClusterCredentialsResponse', getClusterCredentialsResponse_expiration - The date and time the password in DbPassword expires.
$sel:httpStatus:GetClusterCredentialsResponse', getClusterCredentialsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
GetClusterCredentialsWithIAM
data GetClusterCredentialsWithIAM Source #
See: newGetClusterCredentialsWithIAM smart constructor.
Instances
newGetClusterCredentialsWithIAM Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> GetClusterCredentialsWithIAM |
Create a value of GetClusterCredentialsWithIAM with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
GetClusterCredentialsWithIAM, getClusterCredentialsWithIAM_dbName - The name of the database for which you are requesting credentials. If
the database name is specified, the IAM policy must allow access to the
resource dbname for the specified database name. If the database name
is not specified, access to all databases is allowed.
$sel:durationSeconds:GetClusterCredentialsWithIAM', getClusterCredentialsWithIAM_durationSeconds - The number of seconds until the returned temporary password expires.
Range: 900-3600. Default: 900.
GetClusterCredentialsWithIAM, getClusterCredentialsWithIAM_clusterIdentifier - The unique identifier of the cluster that contains the database for
which you are requesting credentials.
data GetClusterCredentialsWithIAMResponse Source #
See: newGetClusterCredentialsWithIAMResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetClusterCredentialsWithIAMResponse' (Maybe (Sensitive Text)) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe ISO8601) Int |
Instances
newGetClusterCredentialsWithIAMResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> GetClusterCredentialsWithIAMResponse |
Create a value of GetClusterCredentialsWithIAMResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:dbPassword:GetClusterCredentialsWithIAMResponse', getClusterCredentialsWithIAMResponse_dbPassword - A temporary password that you provide when you connect to a database.
$sel:dbUser:GetClusterCredentialsWithIAMResponse', getClusterCredentialsWithIAMResponse_dbUser - A database user name that you provide when you connect to a database.
The database user is mapped 1:1 to the source IAM identity.
$sel:expiration:GetClusterCredentialsWithIAMResponse', getClusterCredentialsWithIAMResponse_expiration - The time (UTC) when the temporary password expires. After this
timestamp, a log in with the temporary password fails.
$sel:nextRefreshTime:GetClusterCredentialsWithIAMResponse', getClusterCredentialsWithIAMResponse_nextRefreshTime - Reserved for future use.
$sel:httpStatus:GetClusterCredentialsWithIAMResponse', getClusterCredentialsWithIAMResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions (Paginated)
data GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions Source #
See: newGetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) ReservedNodeExchangeActionType |
Instances
newGetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions Source #
Arguments
| :: ReservedNodeExchangeActionType |
|
| -> GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions |
Create a value of GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions, getReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions_clusterIdentifier - The identifier for the cluster that is the source for a reserved-node
exchange.
GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions, getReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions_marker - An optional pagination token provided by a previous
GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions request. If this parameter
is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up
to the value specified by the MaxRecords parameter. You can retrieve
the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value
in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
$sel:maxRecords:GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions', getReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions_maxRecords - The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the
number of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords
value, a value is returned in a Marker field of the response. You can
retrieve the next set of records by retrying the command with the
returned marker value.
GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions, getReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions_snapshotIdentifier - The identifier for the snapshot that is the source for the reserved-node
exchange.
$sel:actionType:GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions', getReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions_actionType - The action type of the reserved-node configuration. The action type can
be an exchange initiated from either a snapshot or a resize.
data GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsResponse Source #
See: newGetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ReservedNodeConfigurationOption]) Int |
Instances
newGetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int |
|
| -> GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsResponse |
Create a value of GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions, getReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsResponse_marker - A pagination token provided by a previous
GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions request.
$sel:reservedNodeConfigurationOptionList:GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsResponse', getReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsResponse_reservedNodeConfigurationOptionList - the configuration options for the reserved-node exchange. These options
include information about the source reserved node and target reserved
node. Details include the node type, the price, the node count, and the
offering type.
$sel:httpStatus:GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsResponse', getReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings (Paginated)
data GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings Source #
See: newGetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings smart constructor.
Instances
newGetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings Source #
Create a value of GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings, getReservedNodeExchangeOfferings_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of
ReservedNodeOfferings.
$sel:maxRecords:GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings', getReservedNodeExchangeOfferings_maxRecords - An integer setting the maximum number of ReservedNodeOfferings to
retrieve.
GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings, getReservedNodeExchangeOfferings_reservedNodeId - A string representing the node identifier for the DC1 Reserved Node to
be exchanged.
data GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsResponse Source #
See: newGetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsResponse' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ReservedNodeOffering]) Int |
Instances
newGetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsResponse |
Create a value of GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings, getReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsResponse_marker - An optional parameter that specifies the starting point for returning a
set of response records. When the results of a
GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings request exceed the value specified in
MaxRecords, Amazon Redshift returns a value in the marker field of the
response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing
the returned marker value in the marker parameter and retrying the
request.
$sel:reservedNodeOfferings:GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsResponse', getReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsResponse_reservedNodeOfferings - Returns an array of ReservedNodeOffering objects.
$sel:httpStatus:GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsResponse', getReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
ModifyAquaConfiguration
data ModifyAquaConfiguration Source #
See: newModifyAquaConfiguration smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifyAquaConfiguration' (Maybe AquaConfigurationStatus) Text |
Instances
newModifyAquaConfiguration Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> ModifyAquaConfiguration |
Create a value of ModifyAquaConfiguration with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
ModifyAquaConfiguration, modifyAquaConfiguration_aquaConfigurationStatus - This parameter is retired. Amazon Redshift automatically determines
whether to use AQUA (Advanced Query Accelerator).
ModifyAquaConfiguration, modifyAquaConfiguration_clusterIdentifier - The identifier of the cluster to be modified.
data ModifyAquaConfigurationResponse Source #
See: newModifyAquaConfigurationResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifyAquaConfigurationResponse' (Maybe AquaConfiguration) Int |
Instances
newModifyAquaConfigurationResponse Source #
Create a value of ModifyAquaConfigurationResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
ModifyAquaConfigurationResponse, modifyAquaConfigurationResponse_aquaConfiguration - This parameter is retired. Amazon Redshift automatically determines
whether to use AQUA (Advanced Query Accelerator).
$sel:httpStatus:ModifyAquaConfigurationResponse', modifyAquaConfigurationResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
ModifyAuthenticationProfile
data ModifyAuthenticationProfile Source #
See: newModifyAuthenticationProfile smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifyAuthenticationProfile' Text Text |
Instances
newModifyAuthenticationProfile Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> ModifyAuthenticationProfile |
Create a value of ModifyAuthenticationProfile with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
ModifyAuthenticationProfile, modifyAuthenticationProfile_authenticationProfileName - The name of the authentication profile to replace.
ModifyAuthenticationProfile, modifyAuthenticationProfile_authenticationProfileContent - The new content of the authentication profile in JSON format. The
maximum length of the JSON string is determined by a quota for your
account.
data ModifyAuthenticationProfileResponse Source #
See: newModifyAuthenticationProfileResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newModifyAuthenticationProfileResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> ModifyAuthenticationProfileResponse |
Create a value of ModifyAuthenticationProfileResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
ModifyAuthenticationProfile, modifyAuthenticationProfileResponse_authenticationProfileContent - The updated content of the authentication profile in JSON format.
ModifyAuthenticationProfile, modifyAuthenticationProfileResponse_authenticationProfileName - The name of the authentication profile that was replaced.
$sel:httpStatus:ModifyAuthenticationProfileResponse', modifyAuthenticationProfileResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
ModifyCluster
data ModifyCluster Source #
See: newModifyCluster smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifyCluster' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe [Text]) Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> ModifyCluster |
Create a value of ModifyCluster with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
ModifyCluster, modifyCluster_allowVersionUpgrade - If true, major version upgrades will be applied automatically to the
cluster during the maintenance window.
Default: false
ModifyCluster, modifyCluster_automatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod - The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value
is 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are
disabled, you can still create manual snapshots when you want with
CreateClusterSnapshot.
If you decrease the automated snapshot retention period from its current value, existing automated snapshots that fall outside of the new retention period will be immediately deleted.
You can't disable automated snapshots for RA3 node types. Set the automated retention period from 1-35 days.
Default: Uses existing setting.
Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.
ModifyCluster, modifyCluster_availabilityZone - The option to initiate relocation for an Amazon Redshift cluster to the
target Availability Zone.
$sel:availabilityZoneRelocation:ModifyCluster', modifyCluster_availabilityZoneRelocation - The option to enable relocation for an Amazon Redshift cluster between
Availability Zones after the cluster modification is complete.
$sel:clusterParameterGroupName:ModifyCluster', modifyCluster_clusterParameterGroupName - The name of the cluster parameter group to apply to this cluster. This
change is applied only after the cluster is rebooted. To reboot a
cluster use RebootCluster.
Default: Uses existing setting.
Constraints: The cluster parameter group must be in the same parameter group family that matches the cluster version.
ModifyCluster, modifyCluster_clusterSecurityGroups - A list of cluster security groups to be authorized on this cluster. This
change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible.
Security groups currently associated with the cluster, and not in the list of groups to apply, will be revoked from the cluster.
Constraints:
- Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
- First character must be a letter
- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
ModifyCluster, modifyCluster_clusterType - The new cluster type.
When you submit your cluster resize request, your existing cluster goes into a read-only mode. After Amazon Redshift provisions a new cluster based on your resize requirements, there will be outage for a period while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to the new cluster. You can use DescribeResize to track the progress of the resize request.
Valid Values: multi-node | single-node
ModifyCluster, modifyCluster_clusterVersion - The new version number of the Amazon Redshift engine to upgrade to.
For major version upgrades, if a non-default cluster parameter group is currently in use, a new cluster parameter group in the cluster parameter group family for the new version must be specified. The new cluster parameter group can be the default for that cluster parameter group family. For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
Example: 1.0
ModifyCluster, modifyCluster_elasticIp - The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
Constraints: The cluster must be provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible through an Internet gateway. For more information about provisioning clusters in EC2-VPC, go to Supported Platforms to Launch Your Cluster in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
ModifyCluster, modifyCluster_encrypted - Indicates whether the cluster is encrypted. If the value is encrypted
(true) and you provide a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, we encrypt
the cluster with the provided KmsKeyId. If you don't provide a
KmsKeyId, we encrypt with the default key.
If the value is not encrypted (false), then the cluster is decrypted.
ModifyCluster, modifyCluster_enhancedVpcRouting - An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see
Enhanced VPC Routing
in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
Default: false
ModifyCluster, modifyCluster_hsmClientCertificateIdentifier - Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift
cluster uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
ModifyCluster, modifyCluster_hsmConfigurationIdentifier - Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the
information the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store
keys in an HSM.
ModifyCluster, modifyCluster_kmsKeyId - The Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that you
want to use to encrypt data in the cluster.
ModifyCluster, modifyCluster_maintenanceTrackName - The name for the maintenance track that you want to assign for the
cluster. This name change is asynchronous. The new track name stays in
the PendingModifiedValues for the cluster until the next maintenance
window. When the maintenance track changes, the cluster is switched to
the latest cluster release available for the maintenance track. At this
point, the maintenance track name is applied.
ModifyCluster, modifyCluster_manualSnapshotRetentionPeriod - The default for number of days that a newly created manual snapshot is
retained. If the value is -1, the manual snapshot is retained
indefinitely. This value doesn't retroactively change the retention
periods of existing manual snapshots.
The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
The default value is -1.
ModifyCluster, modifyCluster_masterUserPassword - The new password for the cluster admin user. This change is
asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the
request and the completion of the request, the MasterUserPassword
element exists in the PendingModifiedValues element of the operation
response.
Operations never return the password, so this operation provides a way to regain access to the admin user account for a cluster if the password is lost.
Default: Uses existing setting.
Constraints:
- Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length.
- Must contain at least one uppercase letter.
- Must contain at least one lowercase letter.
- Must contain one number.
- Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33-126) except
'(single quote),"(double quote),\,/, or@.
$sel:newClusterIdentifier':ModifyCluster', modifyCluster_newClusterIdentifier - The new identifier for the cluster.
Constraints:
- Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
- Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
- First character must be a letter.
- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
- Must be unique for all clusters within an Amazon Web Services account.
Example: examplecluster
ModifyCluster, modifyCluster_nodeType - The new node type of the cluster. If you specify a new node type, you
must also specify the number of nodes parameter.
For more information about resizing clusters, go to Resizing Clusters in Amazon Redshift in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
Valid Values: ds2.xlarge | ds2.8xlarge | dc1.large | dc1.8xlarge
| dc2.large | dc2.8xlarge | ra3.xlplus | ra3.4xlarge |
ra3.16xlarge
ModifyCluster, modifyCluster_numberOfNodes - The new number of nodes of the cluster. If you specify a new number of
nodes, you must also specify the node type parameter.
For more information about resizing clusters, go to Resizing Clusters in Amazon Redshift in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
Valid Values: Integer greater than 0.
ModifyCluster, modifyCluster_port - The option to change the port of an Amazon Redshift cluster.
ModifyCluster, modifyCluster_preferredMaintenanceWindow - The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can
occur, if necessary. If system maintenance is necessary during the
window, it may result in an outage.
This maintenance window change is made immediately. If the new maintenance window indicates the current time, there must be at least 120 minutes between the current time and end of the window in order to ensure that pending changes are applied.
Default: Uses existing setting.
Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi, for example wed:07:30-wed:08:00.
Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes.
ModifyCluster, modifyCluster_publiclyAccessible - If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network. Only
clusters in VPCs can be set to be publicly available.
$sel:vpcSecurityGroupIds:ModifyCluster', modifyCluster_vpcSecurityGroupIds - A list of virtual private cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated
with the cluster. This change is asynchronously applied as soon as
possible.
ModifyCluster, modifyCluster_clusterIdentifier - The unique identifier of the cluster to be modified.
Example: examplecluster
data ModifyClusterResponse Source #
See: newModifyClusterResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifyClusterResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int |
Instances
newModifyClusterResponse Source #
Create a value of ModifyClusterResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:cluster:ModifyClusterResponse', modifyClusterResponse_cluster - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:ModifyClusterResponse', modifyClusterResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
ModifyClusterDbRevision
data ModifyClusterDbRevision Source #
See: newModifyClusterDbRevision smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifyClusterDbRevision' Text Text |
Instances
newModifyClusterDbRevision Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> ModifyClusterDbRevision |
Create a value of ModifyClusterDbRevision with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
ModifyClusterDbRevision, modifyClusterDbRevision_clusterIdentifier - The unique identifier of a cluster whose database revision you want to
modify.
Example: examplecluster
$sel:revisionTarget:ModifyClusterDbRevision', modifyClusterDbRevision_revisionTarget - The identifier of the database revision. You can retrieve this value
from the response to the DescribeClusterDbRevisions request.
data ModifyClusterDbRevisionResponse Source #
See: newModifyClusterDbRevisionResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifyClusterDbRevisionResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int |
Instances
newModifyClusterDbRevisionResponse Source #
Create a value of ModifyClusterDbRevisionResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:cluster:ModifyClusterDbRevisionResponse', modifyClusterDbRevisionResponse_cluster - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:ModifyClusterDbRevisionResponse', modifyClusterDbRevisionResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
ModifyClusterIamRoles
data ModifyClusterIamRoles Source #
See: newModifyClusterIamRoles smart constructor.
Instances
newModifyClusterIamRoles Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> ModifyClusterIamRoles |
Create a value of ModifyClusterIamRoles with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:addIamRoles:ModifyClusterIamRoles', modifyClusterIamRoles_addIamRoles - Zero or more IAM roles to associate with the cluster. The roles must be
in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format.
ModifyClusterIamRoles, modifyClusterIamRoles_defaultIamRoleArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that was set as default
for the cluster when the cluster was last modified.
$sel:removeIamRoles:ModifyClusterIamRoles', modifyClusterIamRoles_removeIamRoles - Zero or more IAM roles in ARN format to disassociate from the cluster.
ModifyClusterIamRoles, modifyClusterIamRoles_clusterIdentifier - The unique identifier of the cluster for which you want to associate or
disassociate IAM roles.
data ModifyClusterIamRolesResponse Source #
See: newModifyClusterIamRolesResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifyClusterIamRolesResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int |
Instances
newModifyClusterIamRolesResponse Source #
Create a value of ModifyClusterIamRolesResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:cluster:ModifyClusterIamRolesResponse', modifyClusterIamRolesResponse_cluster - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:ModifyClusterIamRolesResponse', modifyClusterIamRolesResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
ModifyClusterMaintenance
data ModifyClusterMaintenance Source #
See: newModifyClusterMaintenance smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifyClusterMaintenance' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Int) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) Text |
Instances
newModifyClusterMaintenance Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> ModifyClusterMaintenance |
Create a value of ModifyClusterMaintenance with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:deferMaintenance:ModifyClusterMaintenance', modifyClusterMaintenance_deferMaintenance - A boolean indicating whether to enable the deferred maintenance window.
$sel:deferMaintenanceDuration:ModifyClusterMaintenance', modifyClusterMaintenance_deferMaintenanceDuration - An integer indicating the duration of the maintenance window in days. If
you specify a duration, you can't specify an end time. The duration
must be 45 days or less.
ModifyClusterMaintenance, modifyClusterMaintenance_deferMaintenanceEndTime - A timestamp indicating end time for the deferred maintenance window. If
you specify an end time, you can't specify a duration.
ModifyClusterMaintenance, modifyClusterMaintenance_deferMaintenanceIdentifier - A unique identifier for the deferred maintenance window.
ModifyClusterMaintenance, modifyClusterMaintenance_deferMaintenanceStartTime - A timestamp indicating the start time for the deferred maintenance
window.
ModifyClusterMaintenance, modifyClusterMaintenance_clusterIdentifier - A unique identifier for the cluster.
data ModifyClusterMaintenanceResponse Source #
See: newModifyClusterMaintenanceResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifyClusterMaintenanceResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int |
Instances
newModifyClusterMaintenanceResponse Source #
Create a value of ModifyClusterMaintenanceResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:cluster:ModifyClusterMaintenanceResponse', modifyClusterMaintenanceResponse_cluster - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:ModifyClusterMaintenanceResponse', modifyClusterMaintenanceResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
ModifyClusterParameterGroup
data ModifyClusterParameterGroup Source #
Describes a modify cluster parameter group operation.
See: newModifyClusterParameterGroup smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifyClusterParameterGroup' Text [Parameter] |
Instances
newModifyClusterParameterGroup Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> ModifyClusterParameterGroup |
Create a value of ModifyClusterParameterGroup with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
ModifyClusterParameterGroup, modifyClusterParameterGroup_parameterGroupName - The name of the parameter group to be modified.
ModifyClusterParameterGroup, modifyClusterParameterGroup_parameters - An array of parameters to be modified. A maximum of 20 parameters can be
modified in a single request.
For each parameter to be modified, you must supply at least the parameter name and parameter value; other name-value pairs of the parameter are optional.
For the workload management (WLM) configuration, you must supply all the name-value pairs in the wlm_json_configuration parameter.
data ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage Source #
See: newClusterParameterGroupNameMessage smart constructor.
Constructors
| ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newClusterParameterGroupNameMessage :: ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage Source #
Create a value of ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:parameterGroupName:ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage', clusterParameterGroupNameMessage_parameterGroupName - The name of the cluster parameter group.
$sel:parameterGroupStatus:ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage', clusterParameterGroupNameMessage_parameterGroupStatus - The status of the parameter group. For example, if you made a change to
a parameter group name-value pair, then the change could be pending a
reboot of an associated cluster.
ModifyClusterSnapshot
data ModifyClusterSnapshot Source #
See: newModifyClusterSnapshot smart constructor.
Instances
newModifyClusterSnapshot Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> ModifyClusterSnapshot |
Create a value of ModifyClusterSnapshot with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:force:ModifyClusterSnapshot', modifyClusterSnapshot_force - A Boolean option to override an exception if the retention period has
already passed.
ModifyClusterSnapshot, modifyClusterSnapshot_manualSnapshotRetentionPeriod - The number of days that a manual snapshot is retained. If the value is
-1, the manual snapshot is retained indefinitely.
If the manual snapshot falls outside of the new retention period, you can specify the force option to immediately delete the snapshot.
The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
ModifyClusterSnapshot, modifyClusterSnapshot_snapshotIdentifier - The identifier of the snapshot whose setting you want to modify.
data ModifyClusterSnapshotResponse Source #
See: newModifyClusterSnapshotResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifyClusterSnapshotResponse' (Maybe Snapshot) Int |
Instances
newModifyClusterSnapshotResponse Source #
Create a value of ModifyClusterSnapshotResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:snapshot:ModifyClusterSnapshotResponse', modifyClusterSnapshotResponse_snapshot - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:ModifyClusterSnapshotResponse', modifyClusterSnapshotResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
ModifyClusterSnapshotSchedule
data ModifyClusterSnapshotSchedule Source #
See: newModifyClusterSnapshotSchedule smart constructor.
Instances
newModifyClusterSnapshotSchedule Source #
Create a value of ModifyClusterSnapshotSchedule with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:disassociateSchedule:ModifyClusterSnapshotSchedule', modifyClusterSnapshotSchedule_disassociateSchedule - A boolean to indicate whether to remove the assoiciation between the
cluster and the schedule.
ModifyClusterSnapshotSchedule, modifyClusterSnapshotSchedule_scheduleIdentifier - A unique alphanumeric identifier for the schedule that you want to
associate with the cluster.
ModifyClusterSnapshotSchedule, modifyClusterSnapshotSchedule_clusterIdentifier - A unique identifier for the cluster whose snapshot schedule you want to
modify.
data ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleResponse Source #
See: newModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleResponse' | |
Instances
newModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleResponse :: ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleResponse Source #
Create a value of ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
ModifyClusterSubnetGroup
data ModifyClusterSubnetGroup Source #
See: newModifyClusterSubnetGroup smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifyClusterSubnetGroup' (Maybe Text) Text [Text] |
Instances
newModifyClusterSubnetGroup Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> ModifyClusterSubnetGroup |
Create a value of ModifyClusterSubnetGroup with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
ModifyClusterSubnetGroup, modifyClusterSubnetGroup_description - A text description of the subnet group to be modified.
ModifyClusterSubnetGroup, modifyClusterSubnetGroup_clusterSubnetGroupName - The name of the subnet group to be modified.
$sel:subnetIds:ModifyClusterSubnetGroup', modifyClusterSubnetGroup_subnetIds - An array of VPC subnet IDs. A maximum of 20 subnets can be modified in a
single request.
data ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse Source #
See: newModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse' (Maybe ClusterSubnetGroup) Int |
Instances
newModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse Source #
Create a value of ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clusterSubnetGroup:ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse', modifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse_clusterSubnetGroup - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse', modifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
ModifyEndpointAccess
data ModifyEndpointAccess Source #
See: newModifyEndpointAccess smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifyEndpointAccess' (Maybe [Text]) Text |
Instances
newModifyEndpointAccess Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> ModifyEndpointAccess |
Create a value of ModifyEndpointAccess with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:vpcSecurityGroupIds:ModifyEndpointAccess', modifyEndpointAccess_vpcSecurityGroupIds - The complete list of VPC security groups associated with the endpoint
after the endpoint is modified.
ModifyEndpointAccess, modifyEndpointAccess_endpointName - The endpoint to be modified.
data EndpointAccess Source #
Describes a Redshift-managed VPC endpoint.
See: newEndpointAccess smart constructor.
Constructors
| EndpointAccess' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe VpcEndpoint) (Maybe [VpcSecurityGroupMembership]) |
Instances
newEndpointAccess :: EndpointAccess Source #
Create a value of EndpointAccess with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:address:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_address - The DNS address of the endpoint.
$sel:clusterIdentifier:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_clusterIdentifier - The cluster identifier of the cluster associated with the endpoint.
$sel:endpointCreateTime:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_endpointCreateTime - The time (UTC) that the endpoint was created.
$sel:endpointName:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_endpointName - The name of the endpoint.
$sel:endpointStatus:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_endpointStatus - The status of the endpoint.
$sel:port:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_port - The port number on which the cluster accepts incoming connections.
$sel:resourceOwner:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_resourceOwner - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the cluster.
$sel:subnetGroupName:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_subnetGroupName - The subnet group name where Amazon Redshift chooses to deploy the
endpoint.
$sel:vpcEndpoint:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_vpcEndpoint - Undocumented member.
$sel:vpcSecurityGroups:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_vpcSecurityGroups - The security groups associated with the endpoint.
ModifyEventSubscription
data ModifyEventSubscription Source #
See: newModifyEventSubscription smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifyEventSubscription' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) Text |
Instances
newModifyEventSubscription Source #
Create a value of ModifyEventSubscription with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
ModifyEventSubscription, modifyEventSubscription_enabled - A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. true
indicates the subscription is enabled
ModifyEventSubscription, modifyEventSubscription_eventCategories - Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the
event notification subscription.
Values: configuration, management, monitoring, security, pending
ModifyEventSubscription, modifyEventSubscription_severity - Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the
event notification subscription.
Values: ERROR, INFO
ModifyEventSubscription, modifyEventSubscription_snsTopicArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic to be used by the event
notification subscription.
$sel:sourceIds:ModifyEventSubscription', modifyEventSubscription_sourceIds - A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All
of the objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source
type parameter. The event subscription will return only events generated
by the specified objects. If not specified, then events are returned for
all objects within the source type specified.
Example: my-cluster-1, my-cluster-2
Example: my-snapshot-20131010
ModifyEventSubscription, modifyEventSubscription_sourceType - The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if
you want to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set
this parameter to cluster. If this value is not specified, events are
returned for all Amazon Redshift objects in your Amazon Web Services
account. You must specify a source type in order to specify source IDs.
Valid values: cluster, cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, cluster-snapshot, and scheduled-action.
$sel:subscriptionName:ModifyEventSubscription', modifyEventSubscription_subscriptionName - The name of the modified Amazon Redshift event notification
subscription.
data ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse Source #
See: newModifyEventSubscriptionResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse' (Maybe EventSubscription) Int |
Instances
newModifyEventSubscriptionResponse Source #
Create a value of ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:eventSubscription:ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse', modifyEventSubscriptionResponse_eventSubscription - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse', modifyEventSubscriptionResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
ModifyScheduledAction
data ModifyScheduledAction Source #
See: newModifyScheduledAction smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifyScheduledAction' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe ScheduledActionType) Text |
Instances
newModifyScheduledAction Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> ModifyScheduledAction |
Create a value of ModifyScheduledAction with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:enable:ModifyScheduledAction', modifyScheduledAction_enable - A modified enable flag of the scheduled action. If true, the scheduled
action is active. If false, the scheduled action is disabled.
ModifyScheduledAction, modifyScheduledAction_endTime - A modified end time of the scheduled action. For more information about
this parameter, see ScheduledAction.
ModifyScheduledAction, modifyScheduledAction_iamRole - A different IAM role to assume to run the target action. For more
information about this parameter, see ScheduledAction.
ModifyScheduledAction, modifyScheduledAction_schedule - A modified schedule in either at( ) or cron( ) format. For more
information about this parameter, see ScheduledAction.
ModifyScheduledAction, modifyScheduledAction_scheduledActionDescription - A modified description of the scheduled action.
ModifyScheduledAction, modifyScheduledAction_startTime - A modified start time of the scheduled action. For more information
about this parameter, see ScheduledAction.
ModifyScheduledAction, modifyScheduledAction_targetAction - A modified JSON format of the scheduled action. For more information
about this parameter, see ScheduledAction.
ModifyScheduledAction, modifyScheduledAction_scheduledActionName - The name of the scheduled action to modify.
data ScheduledAction Source #
Describes a scheduled action. You can use a scheduled action to trigger some Amazon Redshift API operations on a schedule. For information about which API operations can be scheduled, see ScheduledActionType.
See: newScheduledAction smart constructor.
Constructors
| ScheduledAction' (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ISO8601]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe ScheduledActionState) (Maybe ScheduledActionType) |
Instances
newScheduledAction :: ScheduledAction Source #
Create a value of ScheduledAction with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:endTime:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_endTime - The end time in UTC when the schedule is no longer active. After this
time, the scheduled action does not trigger.
$sel:iamRole:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_iamRole - The IAM role to assume to run the scheduled action. This IAM role must
have permission to run the Amazon Redshift API operation in the
scheduled action. This IAM role must allow the Amazon Redshift scheduler
(Principal scheduler.redshift.amazonaws.com) to assume permissions on
your behalf. For more information about the IAM role to use with the
Amazon Redshift scheduler, see
Using Identity-Based Policies for Amazon Redshift
in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
$sel:nextInvocations:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_nextInvocations - List of times when the scheduled action will run.
$sel:schedule:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_schedule - The schedule for a one-time (at format) or recurring (cron format)
scheduled action. Schedule invocations must be separated by at least one
hour.
Format of at expressions is "at(yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss)". For example,
"at(2016-03-04T17:27:00)".
Format of cron expressions is
"cron(Minutes Hours Day-of-month Month Day-of-week Year)". For
example, "cron(0 10 ? * MON *)". For more information, see
Cron Expressions
in the Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide.
$sel:scheduledActionDescription:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_scheduledActionDescription - The description of the scheduled action.
$sel:scheduledActionName:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_scheduledActionName - The name of the scheduled action.
$sel:startTime:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_startTime - The start time in UTC when the schedule is active. Before this time, the
scheduled action does not trigger.
$sel:state:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_state - The state of the scheduled action. For example, DISABLED.
$sel:targetAction:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_targetAction - A JSON format string of the Amazon Redshift API operation with input
parameters.
"{\"ResizeCluster\":{\"NodeType\":\"ds2.8xlarge\",\"ClusterIdentifier\":\"my-test-cluster\",\"NumberOfNodes\":3}}".
ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod
data ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod Source #
See: newModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod' (Maybe Bool) Text Int |
Instances
newModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Int | |
| -> ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod |
Create a value of ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:manual:ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod', modifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod_manual - Indicates whether to apply the snapshot retention period to newly copied
manual snapshots instead of automated snapshots.
ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod, modifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod_clusterIdentifier - The unique identifier of the cluster for which you want to change the
retention period for either automated or manual snapshots that are
copied to a destination Amazon Web Services Region.
Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that has cross-region snapshot copy enabled.
ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod, modifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod_retentionPeriod - The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination
Amazon Web Services Region after they are copied from the source Amazon
Web Services Region.
By default, this only changes the retention period of copied automated snapshots.
If you decrease the retention period for automated snapshots that are copied to a destination Amazon Web Services Region, Amazon Redshift deletes any existing automated snapshots that were copied to the destination Amazon Web Services Region and that fall outside of the new retention period.
Constraints: Must be at least 1 and no more than 35 for automated snapshots.
If you specify the manual option, only newly copied manual snapshots
will have the new retention period.
If you specify the value of -1 newly copied manual snapshots are retained indefinitely.
Constraints: The number of days must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653 for manual snapshots.
data ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse Source #
See: newModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int |
Instances
newModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse |
Create a value of ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:cluster:ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse', modifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse_cluster - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse', modifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
ModifySnapshotSchedule
data ModifySnapshotSchedule Source #
See: newModifySnapshotSchedule smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifySnapshotSchedule' Text [Text] |
Instances
newModifySnapshotSchedule Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> ModifySnapshotSchedule |
Create a value of ModifySnapshotSchedule with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
ModifySnapshotSchedule, modifySnapshotSchedule_scheduleIdentifier - A unique alphanumeric identifier of the schedule to modify.
ModifySnapshotSchedule, modifySnapshotSchedule_scheduleDefinitions - An updated list of schedule definitions. A schedule definition is made
up of schedule expressions, for example, "cron(30 12 *)" or "rate(12
hours)".
data SnapshotSchedule Source #
Describes a snapshot schedule. You can set a regular interval for creating snapshots of a cluster. You can also schedule snapshots for specific dates.
See: newSnapshotSchedule smart constructor.
Constructors
| SnapshotSchedule' (Maybe Int) (Maybe [ClusterAssociatedToSchedule]) (Maybe [ISO8601]) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Tag]) |
Instances
newSnapshotSchedule :: SnapshotSchedule Source #
Create a value of SnapshotSchedule with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:associatedClusterCount:SnapshotSchedule', snapshotSchedule_associatedClusterCount - The number of clusters associated with the schedule.
$sel:associatedClusters:SnapshotSchedule', snapshotSchedule_associatedClusters - A list of clusters associated with the schedule. A maximum of 100
clusters is returned.
$sel:nextInvocations:SnapshotSchedule', snapshotSchedule_nextInvocations -
$sel:scheduleDefinitions:SnapshotSchedule', snapshotSchedule_scheduleDefinitions - A list of ScheduleDefinitions.
$sel:scheduleDescription:SnapshotSchedule', snapshotSchedule_scheduleDescription - The description of the schedule.
$sel:scheduleIdentifier:SnapshotSchedule', snapshotSchedule_scheduleIdentifier - A unique identifier for the schedule.
$sel:tags:SnapshotSchedule', snapshotSchedule_tags - An optional set of tags describing the schedule.
ModifyUsageLimit
data ModifyUsageLimit Source #
See: newModifyUsageLimit smart constructor.
Constructors
| ModifyUsageLimit' (Maybe Integer) (Maybe UsageLimitBreachAction) Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> ModifyUsageLimit |
Create a value of ModifyUsageLimit with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
ModifyUsageLimit, modifyUsageLimit_amount - The new limit amount. For more information about this parameter, see
UsageLimit.
ModifyUsageLimit, modifyUsageLimit_breachAction - The new action that Amazon Redshift takes when the limit is reached. For
more information about this parameter, see UsageLimit.
ModifyUsageLimit, modifyUsageLimit_usageLimitId - The identifier of the usage limit to modify.
data UsageLimit Source #
Describes a usage limit object for a cluster.
See: newUsageLimit smart constructor.
Constructors
| UsageLimit' (Maybe Integer) (Maybe UsageLimitBreachAction) (Maybe Text) (Maybe UsageLimitFeatureType) (Maybe UsageLimitLimitType) (Maybe UsageLimitPeriod) (Maybe [Tag]) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newUsageLimit :: UsageLimit Source #
Create a value of UsageLimit with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:amount:UsageLimit', usageLimit_amount - The limit amount. If time-based, this amount is in minutes. If
data-based, this amount is in terabytes (TB).
$sel:breachAction:UsageLimit', usageLimit_breachAction - The action that Amazon Redshift takes when the limit is reached.
Possible values are:
- log - To log an event in a system table. The default is log.
- emit-metric - To emit CloudWatch metrics.
- disable - To disable the feature until the next usage period begins.
$sel:clusterIdentifier:UsageLimit', usageLimit_clusterIdentifier - The identifier of the cluster with a usage limit.
$sel:featureType:UsageLimit', usageLimit_featureType - The Amazon Redshift feature to which the limit applies.
$sel:limitType:UsageLimit', usageLimit_limitType - The type of limit. Depending on the feature type, this can be based on a
time duration or data size.
$sel:period:UsageLimit', usageLimit_period - The time period that the amount applies to. A weekly period begins on
Sunday. The default is monthly.
$sel:tags:UsageLimit', usageLimit_tags - A list of tag instances.
$sel:usageLimitId:UsageLimit', usageLimit_usageLimitId - The identifier of the usage limit.
PauseCluster
data PauseCluster Source #
Describes a pause cluster operation. For example, a scheduled action to
run the PauseCluster API operation.
See: newPauseCluster smart constructor.
Constructors
| PauseCluster' Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> PauseCluster |
Create a value of PauseCluster with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
PauseCluster, pauseCluster_clusterIdentifier - The identifier of the cluster to be paused.
data PauseClusterResponse Source #
See: newPauseClusterResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| PauseClusterResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int |
Instances
newPauseClusterResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> PauseClusterResponse |
Create a value of PauseClusterResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:cluster:PauseClusterResponse', pauseClusterResponse_cluster - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:PauseClusterResponse', pauseClusterResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
PurchaseReservedNodeOffering
data PurchaseReservedNodeOffering Source #
See: newPurchaseReservedNodeOffering smart constructor.
Constructors
| PurchaseReservedNodeOffering' (Maybe Int) Text |
Instances
newPurchaseReservedNodeOffering Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> PurchaseReservedNodeOffering |
Create a value of PurchaseReservedNodeOffering with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
PurchaseReservedNodeOffering, purchaseReservedNodeOffering_nodeCount - The number of reserved nodes that you want to purchase.
Default: 1
PurchaseReservedNodeOffering, purchaseReservedNodeOffering_reservedNodeOfferingId - The unique identifier of the reserved node offering you want to
purchase.
data PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse Source #
See: newPurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse' (Maybe ReservedNode) Int |
Instances
newPurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse |
Create a value of PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:reservedNode:PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse', purchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse_reservedNode - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse', purchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
RebootCluster
data RebootCluster Source #
See: newRebootCluster smart constructor.
Constructors
| RebootCluster' Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> RebootCluster |
Create a value of RebootCluster with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
RebootCluster, rebootCluster_clusterIdentifier - The cluster identifier.
data RebootClusterResponse Source #
See: newRebootClusterResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| RebootClusterResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int |
Instances
newRebootClusterResponse Source #
Create a value of RebootClusterResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:cluster:RebootClusterResponse', rebootClusterResponse_cluster - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:RebootClusterResponse', rebootClusterResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
RejectDataShare
data RejectDataShare Source #
See: newRejectDataShare smart constructor.
Constructors
| RejectDataShare' Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> RejectDataShare |
Create a value of RejectDataShare with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
RejectDataShare, rejectDataShare_dataShareArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the datashare to reject.
See: newDataShare smart constructor.
Constructors
| DataShare' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [DataShareAssociation]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newDataShare :: DataShare Source #
Create a value of DataShare with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:allowPubliclyAccessibleConsumers:DataShare', dataShare_allowPubliclyAccessibleConsumers - A value that specifies whether the datashare can be shared to a publicly
accessible cluster.
$sel:dataShareArn:DataShare', dataShare_dataShareArn - An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that references the datashare that is
owned by a specific namespace of the producer cluster. A datashare ARN
is in the
arn:aws:redshift:{region}:{account-id}:{datashare}:{namespace-guid}/{datashare-name}
format.
$sel:dataShareAssociations:DataShare', dataShare_dataShareAssociations - A value that specifies when the datashare has an association between
producer and data consumers.
$sel:managedBy:DataShare', dataShare_managedBy - The identifier of a datashare to show its managing entity.
$sel:producerArn:DataShare', dataShare_producerArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the producer.
ResetClusterParameterGroup
data ResetClusterParameterGroup Source #
See: newResetClusterParameterGroup smart constructor.
Instances
newResetClusterParameterGroup Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> ResetClusterParameterGroup |
Create a value of ResetClusterParameterGroup with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
ResetClusterParameterGroup, resetClusterParameterGroup_parameters - An array of names of parameters to be reset. If ResetAllParameters
option is not used, then at least one parameter name must be supplied.
Constraints: A maximum of 20 parameters can be reset in a single request.
$sel:resetAllParameters:ResetClusterParameterGroup', resetClusterParameterGroup_resetAllParameters - If true, all parameters in the specified parameter group will be reset
to their default values.
Default: true
ResetClusterParameterGroup, resetClusterParameterGroup_parameterGroupName - The name of the cluster parameter group to be reset.
data ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage Source #
See: newClusterParameterGroupNameMessage smart constructor.
Constructors
| ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newClusterParameterGroupNameMessage :: ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage Source #
Create a value of ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:parameterGroupName:ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage', clusterParameterGroupNameMessage_parameterGroupName - The name of the cluster parameter group.
$sel:parameterGroupStatus:ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage', clusterParameterGroupNameMessage_parameterGroupStatus - The status of the parameter group. For example, if you made a change to
a parameter group name-value pair, then the change could be pending a
reboot of an associated cluster.
ResizeCluster
data ResizeCluster Source #
Describes a resize cluster operation. For example, a scheduled action to
run the ResizeCluster API operation.
See: newResizeCluster smart constructor.
Constructors
| ResizeCluster' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> ResizeCluster |
Create a value of ResizeCluster with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
ResizeCluster, resizeCluster_classic - A boolean value indicating whether the resize operation is using the
classic resize process. If you don't provide this parameter or set the
value to false, the resize type is elastic.
ResizeCluster, resizeCluster_clusterType - The new cluster type for the specified cluster.
ResizeCluster, resizeCluster_nodeType - The new node type for the nodes you are adding. If not specified, the
cluster's current node type is used.
ResizeCluster, resizeCluster_numberOfNodes - The new number of nodes for the cluster. If not specified, the
cluster's current number of nodes is used.
ResizeCluster, resizeCluster_reservedNodeId - The identifier of the reserved node.
ResizeCluster, resizeCluster_targetReservedNodeOfferingId - The identifier of the target reserved node offering.
ResizeCluster, resizeCluster_clusterIdentifier - The unique identifier for the cluster to resize.
data ResizeClusterResponse Source #
See: newResizeClusterResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| ResizeClusterResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int |
Instances
newResizeClusterResponse Source #
Create a value of ResizeClusterResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:cluster:ResizeClusterResponse', resizeClusterResponse_cluster - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:ResizeClusterResponse', resizeClusterResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot
data RestoreFromClusterSnapshot Source #
See: newRestoreFromClusterSnapshot smart constructor.
Constructors
| RestoreFromClusterSnapshot' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe AquaConfigurationStatus) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) Text |
Instances
newRestoreFromClusterSnapshot Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> RestoreFromClusterSnapshot |
Create a value of RestoreFromClusterSnapshot with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:additionalInfo:RestoreFromClusterSnapshot', restoreFromClusterSnapshot_additionalInfo - Reserved.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_allowVersionUpgrade - If true, major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance
window to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
Default: true
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_aquaConfigurationStatus - This parameter is retired. It does not set the AQUA configuration
status. Amazon Redshift automatically determines whether to use AQUA
(Advanced Query Accelerator).
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_automatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod - The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value
is 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are
disabled, you can still create manual snapshots when you want with
CreateClusterSnapshot.
You can't disable automated snapshots for RA3 node types. Set the automated retention period from 1-35 days.
Default: The value selected for the cluster from which the snapshot was taken.
Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_availabilityZone - The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone in which to restore the cluster.
Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone.
Example: us-east-2a
$sel:availabilityZoneRelocation:RestoreFromClusterSnapshot', restoreFromClusterSnapshot_availabilityZoneRelocation - The option to enable relocation for an Amazon Redshift cluster between
Availability Zones after the cluster is restored.
$sel:clusterParameterGroupName:RestoreFromClusterSnapshot', restoreFromClusterSnapshot_clusterParameterGroupName - The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster.
Default: The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information about the default parameter group, go to Working with Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups.
Constraints:
- Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
- First character must be a letter.
- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_clusterSecurityGroups - A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster.
Default: The default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift.
Cluster security groups only apply to clusters outside of VPCs.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_clusterSubnetGroupName - The name of the subnet group where you want to cluster restored.
A snapshot of cluster in VPC can be restored only in VPC. Therefore, you must provide subnet group name where you want the cluster restored.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_defaultIamRoleArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that was set as default
for the cluster when the cluster was last modified while it was restored
from a snapshot.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_elasticIp - The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster. Don't specify the Elastic
IP address for a publicly accessible cluster with availability zone
relocation turned on.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_encrypted - Enables support for restoring an unencrypted snapshot to a cluster
encrypted with Key Management Service (KMS) and a customer managed key.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_enhancedVpcRouting - An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see
Enhanced VPC Routing
in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
Default: false
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_hsmClientCertificateIdentifier - Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift
cluster uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_hsmConfigurationIdentifier - Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the
information the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store
keys in an HSM.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_iamRoles - A list of Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used by
the cluster to access other Amazon Web Services services. You must
supply the IAM roles in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format.
The maximum number of IAM roles that you can associate is subject to a quota. For more information, go to Quotas and limits in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_kmsKeyId - The Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that
encrypts data in the cluster restored from a shared snapshot. You can
also provide the key ID when you restore from an unencrypted snapshot to
an encrypted cluster in the same account. Additionally, you can specify
a new KMS key ID when you restore from an encrypted snapshot in the same
account in order to change it. In that case, the restored cluster is
encrypted with the new KMS key ID.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_maintenanceTrackName - The name of the maintenance track for the restored cluster. When you
take a snapshot, the snapshot inherits the MaintenanceTrack value from
the cluster. The snapshot might be on a different track than the cluster
that was the source for the snapshot. For example, suppose that you take
a snapshot of a cluster that is on the current track and then change the
cluster to be on the trailing track. In this case, the snapshot and the
source cluster are on different tracks.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_manualSnapshotRetentionPeriod - The default number of days to retain a manual snapshot. If the value is
-1, the snapshot is retained indefinitely. This setting doesn't change
the retention period of existing snapshots.
The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_nodeType - The node type that the restored cluster will be provisioned with.
Default: The node type of the cluster from which the snapshot was taken. You can modify this if you are using any DS node type. In that case, you can choose to restore into another DS node type of the same size. For example, you can restore ds1.8xlarge into ds2.8xlarge, or ds1.xlarge into ds2.xlarge. If you have a DC instance type, you must restore into that same instance type and size. In other words, you can only restore a dc1.large instance type into another dc1.large instance type or dc2.large instance type. You can't restore dc1.8xlarge to dc2.8xlarge. First restore to a dc1.8xlarge cluster, then resize to a dc2.8large cluster. For more information about node types, see About Clusters and Nodes in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_numberOfNodes - The number of nodes specified when provisioning the restored cluster.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_ownerAccount - The Amazon Web Services account used to create or copy the snapshot.
Required if you are restoring a snapshot you do not own, optional if you
own the snapshot.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_port - The port number on which the cluster accepts connections.
Default: The same port as the original cluster.
Constraints: Must be between 1115 and 65535.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_preferredMaintenanceWindow - The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster
maintenance can occur.
Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
Default: The value selected for the cluster from which the snapshot was taken. For more information about the time blocks for each region, see Maintenance Windows in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_publiclyAccessible - If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_reservedNodeId - The identifier of the target reserved node offering.
$sel:snapshotArn:RestoreFromClusterSnapshot', restoreFromClusterSnapshot_snapshotArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot associated with the
message to restore from a cluster. You can specify this parameter or
snapshotIdentifier, but not both.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_snapshotClusterIdentifier - The name of the cluster the source snapshot was created from. This
parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a
snapshot resource element that specifies anything other than * for the
cluster name.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_snapshotIdentifier - The name of the snapshot from which to create the new cluster. This
parameter isn't case sensitive. You can specify this parameter or
snapshotArn, but not both.
Example: my-snapshot-id
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_snapshotScheduleIdentifier - A unique identifier for the snapshot schedule.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_targetReservedNodeOfferingId - The identifier of the target reserved node offering.
$sel:vpcSecurityGroupIds:RestoreFromClusterSnapshot', restoreFromClusterSnapshot_vpcSecurityGroupIds - A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated
with the cluster.
Default: The default VPC security group is associated with the cluster.
VPC security groups only apply to clusters in VPCs.
RestoreFromClusterSnapshot, restoreFromClusterSnapshot_clusterIdentifier - The identifier of the cluster that will be created from restoring the
snapshot.
Constraints:
- Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
- Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
- First character must be a letter.
- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
- Must be unique for all clusters within an Amazon Web Services account.
data RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse Source #
See: newRestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int |
Instances
newRestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse |
Create a value of RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:cluster:RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse', restoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse_cluster - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse', restoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot
data RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot Source #
See: newRestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot smart constructor.
Constructors
| RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Text Text Text Text Text |
Instances
newRestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot Source #
Create a value of RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:enableCaseSensitiveIdentifier:RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot', restoreTableFromClusterSnapshot_enableCaseSensitiveIdentifier - Indicates whether name identifiers for database, schema, and table are
case sensitive. If true, the names are case sensitive. If false
(default), the names are not case sensitive.
RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot, restoreTableFromClusterSnapshot_sourceSchemaName - The name of the source schema that contains the table to restore from.
If you do not specify a SourceSchemaName value, the default is
public.
RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot, restoreTableFromClusterSnapshot_targetDatabaseName - The name of the database to restore the table to.
RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot, restoreTableFromClusterSnapshot_targetSchemaName - The name of the schema to restore the table to.
RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot, restoreTableFromClusterSnapshot_clusterIdentifier - The identifier of the Amazon Redshift cluster to restore the table to.
RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot, restoreTableFromClusterSnapshot_snapshotIdentifier - The identifier of the snapshot to restore the table from. This snapshot
must have been created from the Amazon Redshift cluster specified by the
ClusterIdentifier parameter.
RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot, restoreTableFromClusterSnapshot_sourceDatabaseName - The name of the source database that contains the table to restore from.
RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot, restoreTableFromClusterSnapshot_sourceTableName - The name of the source table to restore from.
RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot, restoreTableFromClusterSnapshot_newTableName - The name of the table to create as a result of the current request.
data RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse Source #
See: newRestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse' (Maybe TableRestoreStatus) Int |
Instances
newRestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse |
Create a value of RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:tableRestoreStatus:RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse', restoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse_tableRestoreStatus - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse', restoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
ResumeCluster
data ResumeCluster Source #
Describes a resume cluster operation. For example, a scheduled action to
run the ResumeCluster API operation.
See: newResumeCluster smart constructor.
Constructors
| ResumeCluster' Text |
Instances
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> ResumeCluster |
Create a value of ResumeCluster with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
ResumeCluster, resumeCluster_clusterIdentifier - The identifier of the cluster to be resumed.
data ResumeClusterResponse Source #
See: newResumeClusterResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| ResumeClusterResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int |
Instances
newResumeClusterResponse Source #
Create a value of ResumeClusterResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:cluster:ResumeClusterResponse', resumeClusterResponse_cluster - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:ResumeClusterResponse', resumeClusterResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress
data RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress Source #
See: newRevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress smart constructor.
Instances
newRevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress Source #
Create a value of RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress, revokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress_cidrip - The IP range for which to revoke access. This range must be a valid
Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) block of IP addresses. If CIDRIP
is specified, EC2SecurityGroupName and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
cannot be provided.
RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress, revokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress_eC2SecurityGroupName - The name of the EC2 Security Group whose access is to be revoked. If
EC2SecurityGroupName is specified, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId must also
be provided and CIDRIP cannot be provided.
RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress, revokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress_eC2SecurityGroupOwnerId - The Amazon Web Services account number of the owner of the security
group specified in the EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The Amazon Web
Services access key ID is not an acceptable value. If
EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId is specified, EC2SecurityGroupName must also
be provided. and CIDRIP cannot be provided.
Example: 111122223333
RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress, revokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress_clusterSecurityGroupName - The name of the security Group from which to revoke the ingress rule.
data RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse Source #
See: newRevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse smart constructor.
Instances
newRevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse Source #
Arguments
| :: Int | |
| -> RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse |
Create a value of RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clusterSecurityGroup:RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse', revokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse_clusterSecurityGroup - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse', revokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
RevokeEndpointAccess
data RevokeEndpointAccess Source #
See: newRevokeEndpointAccess smart constructor.
Instances
newRevokeEndpointAccess :: RevokeEndpointAccess Source #
Create a value of RevokeEndpointAccess with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:account:RevokeEndpointAccess', revokeEndpointAccess_account - The Amazon Web Services account ID whose access is to be revoked.
RevokeEndpointAccess, revokeEndpointAccess_clusterIdentifier - The cluster to revoke access from.
$sel:force:RevokeEndpointAccess', revokeEndpointAccess_force - Indicates whether to force the revoke action. If true, the
Redshift-managed VPC endpoints associated with the endpoint
authorization are also deleted.
$sel:vpcIds:RevokeEndpointAccess', revokeEndpointAccess_vpcIds - The virtual private cloud (VPC) identifiers for which access is to be
revoked.
data EndpointAuthorization Source #
Describes an endpoint authorization for authorizing Redshift-managed VPC endpoint access to a cluster across Amazon Web Services accounts.
See: newEndpointAuthorization smart constructor.
Constructors
| EndpointAuthorization' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe AuthorizationStatus) |
Instances
newEndpointAuthorization :: EndpointAuthorization Source #
Create a value of EndpointAuthorization with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:allowedAllVPCs:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_allowedAllVPCs - Indicates whether all VPCs in the grantee account are allowed access to
the cluster.
$sel:allowedVPCs:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_allowedVPCs - The VPCs allowed access to the cluster.
$sel:authorizeTime:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_authorizeTime - The time (UTC) when the authorization was created.
$sel:clusterIdentifier:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_clusterIdentifier - The cluster identifier.
$sel:clusterStatus:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_clusterStatus - The status of the cluster.
$sel:endpointCount:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_endpointCount - The number of Redshift-managed VPC endpoints created for the
authorization.
$sel:grantee:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_grantee - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the grantee of the cluster.
$sel:grantor:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_grantor - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the cluster owner.
$sel:status:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_status - The status of the authorization action.
RevokeSnapshotAccess
data RevokeSnapshotAccess Source #
See: newRevokeSnapshotAccess smart constructor.
Instances
newRevokeSnapshotAccess Source #
Create a value of RevokeSnapshotAccess with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:snapshotArn:RevokeSnapshotAccess', revokeSnapshotAccess_snapshotArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot associated with the
message to revoke access.
RevokeSnapshotAccess, revokeSnapshotAccess_snapshotClusterIdentifier - The identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This
parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a
snapshot resource element that specifies anything other than * for the
cluster name.
RevokeSnapshotAccess, revokeSnapshotAccess_snapshotIdentifier - The identifier of the snapshot that the account can no longer access.
$sel:accountWithRestoreAccess:RevokeSnapshotAccess', revokeSnapshotAccess_accountWithRestoreAccess - The identifier of the Amazon Web Services account that can no longer
restore the specified snapshot.
data RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse Source #
See: newRevokeSnapshotAccessResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse' (Maybe Snapshot) Int |
Instances
newRevokeSnapshotAccessResponse Source #
Create a value of RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:snapshot:RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse', revokeSnapshotAccessResponse_snapshot - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse', revokeSnapshotAccessResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
RotateEncryptionKey
data RotateEncryptionKey Source #
See: newRotateEncryptionKey smart constructor.
Constructors
| RotateEncryptionKey' Text |
Instances
newRotateEncryptionKey Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> RotateEncryptionKey |
Create a value of RotateEncryptionKey with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
RotateEncryptionKey, rotateEncryptionKey_clusterIdentifier - The unique identifier of the cluster that you want to rotate the
encryption keys for.
Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster that has encryption enabled.
data RotateEncryptionKeyResponse Source #
See: newRotateEncryptionKeyResponse smart constructor.
Constructors
| RotateEncryptionKeyResponse' (Maybe Cluster) Int |
Instances
newRotateEncryptionKeyResponse Source #
Create a value of RotateEncryptionKeyResponse with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:cluster:RotateEncryptionKeyResponse', rotateEncryptionKeyResponse_cluster - Undocumented member.
$sel:httpStatus:RotateEncryptionKeyResponse', rotateEncryptionKeyResponse_httpStatus - The response's http status code.
UpdatePartnerStatus
data UpdatePartnerStatus Source #
See: newUpdatePartnerStatus smart constructor.
Constructors
| UpdatePartnerStatus' (Maybe Text) Text Text Text Text PartnerIntegrationStatus |
Instances
newUpdatePartnerStatus Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> PartnerIntegrationStatus | |
| -> UpdatePartnerStatus |
Create a value of UpdatePartnerStatus with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
UpdatePartnerStatus, updatePartnerStatus_statusMessage - The status message provided by the partner.
UpdatePartnerStatus, updatePartnerStatus_accountId - The Amazon Web Services account ID that owns the cluster.
UpdatePartnerStatus, updatePartnerStatus_clusterIdentifier - The cluster identifier of the cluster whose partner integration status
is being updated.
UpdatePartnerStatus, updatePartnerStatus_databaseName - The name of the database whose partner integration status is being
updated.
UpdatePartnerStatus, updatePartnerStatus_partnerName - The name of the partner whose integration status is being updated.
UpdatePartnerStatus, updatePartnerStatus_status - The value of the updated status.
data PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage Source #
See: newPartnerIntegrationOutputMessage smart constructor.
Constructors
| PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newPartnerIntegrationOutputMessage :: PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage Source #
Create a value of PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:databaseName:PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage', partnerIntegrationOutputMessage_databaseName - The name of the database that receives data from the partner.
$sel:partnerName:PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage', partnerIntegrationOutputMessage_partnerName - The name of the partner that is authorized to send data.
Types
Common
module Amazonka.Redshift.Internal
ActionType
newtype ActionType Source #
Constructors
| ActionType' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern ActionType_Recommend_node_config :: ActionType | |
| pattern ActionType_Resize_cluster :: ActionType | |
| pattern ActionType_Restore_cluster :: ActionType |
Instances
AquaConfigurationStatus
newtype AquaConfigurationStatus Source #
Constructors
| AquaConfigurationStatus' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern AquaConfigurationStatus_Auto :: AquaConfigurationStatus | |
| pattern AquaConfigurationStatus_Disabled :: AquaConfigurationStatus | |
| pattern AquaConfigurationStatus_Enabled :: AquaConfigurationStatus |
Instances
AquaStatus
newtype AquaStatus Source #
Constructors
| AquaStatus' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern AquaStatus_Applying :: AquaStatus | |
| pattern AquaStatus_Disabled :: AquaStatus | |
| pattern AquaStatus_Enabled :: AquaStatus |
Instances
AuthorizationStatus
newtype AuthorizationStatus Source #
Constructors
| AuthorizationStatus' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern AuthorizationStatus_Authorized :: AuthorizationStatus | |
| pattern AuthorizationStatus_Revoking :: AuthorizationStatus |
Instances
DataShareStatus
newtype DataShareStatus Source #
Constructors
| DataShareStatus' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern DataShareStatus_ACTIVE :: DataShareStatus | |
| pattern DataShareStatus_AUTHORIZED :: DataShareStatus | |
| pattern DataShareStatus_AVAILABLE :: DataShareStatus | |
| pattern DataShareStatus_DEAUTHORIZED :: DataShareStatus | |
| pattern DataShareStatus_PENDING_AUTHORIZATION :: DataShareStatus | |
| pattern DataShareStatus_REJECTED :: DataShareStatus |
Instances
DataShareStatusForConsumer
newtype DataShareStatusForConsumer Source #
Constructors
| DataShareStatusForConsumer' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern DataShareStatusForConsumer_ACTIVE :: DataShareStatusForConsumer | |
| pattern DataShareStatusForConsumer_AVAILABLE :: DataShareStatusForConsumer |
Instances
DataShareStatusForProducer
newtype DataShareStatusForProducer Source #
Constructors
| DataShareStatusForProducer' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
Instances
LogDestinationType
newtype LogDestinationType Source #
Constructors
| LogDestinationType' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern LogDestinationType_Cloudwatch :: LogDestinationType | |
| pattern LogDestinationType_S3 :: LogDestinationType |
Instances
Mode
Bundled Patterns
| pattern Mode_High_performance :: Mode | |
| pattern Mode_Standard :: Mode |
Instances
NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName
newtype NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName Source #
Constructors
| NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName' | |
Bundled Patterns
Instances
OperatorType
newtype OperatorType Source #
Constructors
| OperatorType' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern OperatorType_Between :: OperatorType | |
| pattern OperatorType_Eq :: OperatorType | |
| pattern OperatorType_Ge :: OperatorType | |
| pattern OperatorType_Gt :: OperatorType | |
| pattern OperatorType_In :: OperatorType | |
| pattern OperatorType_Le :: OperatorType | |
| pattern OperatorType_Lt :: OperatorType |
Instances
ParameterApplyType
newtype ParameterApplyType Source #
Constructors
| ParameterApplyType' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern ParameterApplyType_Dynamic :: ParameterApplyType | |
| pattern ParameterApplyType_Static :: ParameterApplyType |
Instances
PartnerIntegrationStatus
newtype PartnerIntegrationStatus Source #
Constructors
| PartnerIntegrationStatus' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
Instances
ReservedNodeExchangeActionType
newtype ReservedNodeExchangeActionType Source #
Constructors
| ReservedNodeExchangeActionType' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern ReservedNodeExchangeActionType_Resize_cluster :: ReservedNodeExchangeActionType | |
| pattern ReservedNodeExchangeActionType_Restore_cluster :: ReservedNodeExchangeActionType |
Instances
ReservedNodeExchangeStatusType
newtype ReservedNodeExchangeStatusType Source #
Constructors
| ReservedNodeExchangeStatusType' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
Instances
ReservedNodeOfferingType
newtype ReservedNodeOfferingType Source #
Constructors
| ReservedNodeOfferingType' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern ReservedNodeOfferingType_Regular :: ReservedNodeOfferingType | |
| pattern ReservedNodeOfferingType_Upgradable :: ReservedNodeOfferingType |
Instances
ScheduleState
newtype ScheduleState Source #
Constructors
| ScheduleState' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern ScheduleState_ACTIVE :: ScheduleState | |
| pattern ScheduleState_FAILED :: ScheduleState | |
| pattern ScheduleState_MODIFYING :: ScheduleState |
Instances
ScheduledActionFilterName
newtype ScheduledActionFilterName Source #
Constructors
| ScheduledActionFilterName' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern ScheduledActionFilterName_Cluster_identifier :: ScheduledActionFilterName | |
| pattern ScheduledActionFilterName_Iam_role :: ScheduledActionFilterName |
Instances
ScheduledActionState
newtype ScheduledActionState Source #
Constructors
| ScheduledActionState' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern ScheduledActionState_ACTIVE :: ScheduledActionState | |
| pattern ScheduledActionState_DISABLED :: ScheduledActionState |
Instances
ScheduledActionTypeValues
newtype ScheduledActionTypeValues Source #
Constructors
| ScheduledActionTypeValues' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
Instances
SnapshotAttributeToSortBy
newtype SnapshotAttributeToSortBy Source #
Constructors
| SnapshotAttributeToSortBy' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
Instances
SortByOrder
newtype SortByOrder Source #
Constructors
| SortByOrder' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern SortByOrder_ASC :: SortByOrder | |
| pattern SortByOrder_DESC :: SortByOrder |
Instances
SourceType
newtype SourceType Source #
Constructors
| SourceType' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern SourceType_Cluster :: SourceType | |
| pattern SourceType_Cluster_parameter_group :: SourceType | |
| pattern SourceType_Cluster_security_group :: SourceType | |
| pattern SourceType_Cluster_snapshot :: SourceType | |
| pattern SourceType_Scheduled_action :: SourceType |
Instances
TableRestoreStatusType
newtype TableRestoreStatusType Source #
Constructors
| TableRestoreStatusType' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
Instances
UsageLimitBreachAction
newtype UsageLimitBreachAction Source #
Constructors
| UsageLimitBreachAction' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern UsageLimitBreachAction_Disable :: UsageLimitBreachAction | |
| pattern UsageLimitBreachAction_Emit_metric :: UsageLimitBreachAction | |
| pattern UsageLimitBreachAction_Log :: UsageLimitBreachAction |
Instances
UsageLimitFeatureType
newtype UsageLimitFeatureType Source #
Constructors
| UsageLimitFeatureType' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
Instances
UsageLimitLimitType
newtype UsageLimitLimitType Source #
Constructors
| UsageLimitLimitType' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern UsageLimitLimitType_Data_scanned :: UsageLimitLimitType | |
| pattern UsageLimitLimitType_Time :: UsageLimitLimitType |
Instances
UsageLimitPeriod
newtype UsageLimitPeriod Source #
Constructors
| UsageLimitPeriod' | |
Fields | |
Bundled Patterns
| pattern UsageLimitPeriod_Daily :: UsageLimitPeriod | |
| pattern UsageLimitPeriod_Monthly :: UsageLimitPeriod | |
| pattern UsageLimitPeriod_Weekly :: UsageLimitPeriod |
Instances
AccountAttribute
data AccountAttribute Source #
A name value pair that describes an aspect of an account.
See: newAccountAttribute smart constructor.
Constructors
| AccountAttribute' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [AttributeValueTarget]) |
Instances
newAccountAttribute :: AccountAttribute Source #
Create a value of AccountAttribute with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:attributeName:AccountAttribute', accountAttribute_attributeName - The name of the attribute.
$sel:attributeValues:AccountAttribute', accountAttribute_attributeValues - A list of attribute values.
AccountWithRestoreAccess
data AccountWithRestoreAccess Source #
Describes an Amazon Web Services account authorized to restore a snapshot.
See: newAccountWithRestoreAccess smart constructor.
Constructors
| AccountWithRestoreAccess' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newAccountWithRestoreAccess :: AccountWithRestoreAccess Source #
Create a value of AccountWithRestoreAccess with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:accountAlias:AccountWithRestoreAccess', accountWithRestoreAccess_accountAlias - The identifier of an Amazon Web Services support account authorized to
restore a snapshot. For Amazon Web Services Support, the identifier is
amazon-redshift-support.
$sel:accountId:AccountWithRestoreAccess', accountWithRestoreAccess_accountId - The identifier of an Amazon Web Services account authorized to restore a
snapshot.
AquaConfiguration
data AquaConfiguration Source #
The operation that uses this structure is retired. Amazon Redshift automatically determines whether to use AQUA (Advanced Query Accelerator).
See: newAquaConfiguration smart constructor.
Constructors
| AquaConfiguration' (Maybe AquaConfigurationStatus) (Maybe AquaStatus) |
Instances
newAquaConfiguration :: AquaConfiguration Source #
Create a value of AquaConfiguration with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:aquaConfigurationStatus:AquaConfiguration', aquaConfiguration_aquaConfigurationStatus - This field is retired. Amazon Redshift automatically determines whether
to use AQUA (Advanced Query Accelerator).
$sel:aquaStatus:AquaConfiguration', aquaConfiguration_aquaStatus - This field is retired. Amazon Redshift automatically determines whether
to use AQUA (Advanced Query Accelerator).
AttributeValueTarget
data AttributeValueTarget Source #
Describes an attribute value.
See: newAttributeValueTarget smart constructor.
Constructors
| AttributeValueTarget' (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newAttributeValueTarget :: AttributeValueTarget Source #
Create a value of AttributeValueTarget with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:attributeValue:AttributeValueTarget', attributeValueTarget_attributeValue - The value of the attribute.
AuthenticationProfile
data AuthenticationProfile Source #
Describes an authentication profile.
See: newAuthenticationProfile smart constructor.
Constructors
| AuthenticationProfile' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newAuthenticationProfile :: AuthenticationProfile Source #
Create a value of AuthenticationProfile with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:authenticationProfileContent:AuthenticationProfile', authenticationProfile_authenticationProfileContent - The content of the authentication profile in JSON format. The maximum
length of the JSON string is determined by a quota for your account.
$sel:authenticationProfileName:AuthenticationProfile', authenticationProfile_authenticationProfileName - The name of the authentication profile.
AvailabilityZone
data AvailabilityZone Source #
Describes an availability zone.
See: newAvailabilityZone smart constructor.
Constructors
| AvailabilityZone' (Maybe Text) (Maybe [SupportedPlatform]) |
Instances
newAvailabilityZone :: AvailabilityZone Source #
Create a value of AvailabilityZone with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
AvailabilityZone, availabilityZone_name - The name of the availability zone.
$sel:supportedPlatforms:AvailabilityZone', availabilityZone_supportedPlatforms -
Cluster
Describes a cluster.
See: newCluster smart constructor.
Constructors
| Cluster' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe AquaConfiguration) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ClusterNode]) (Maybe [ClusterParameterGroupStatus]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ClusterSecurityGroupMembership]) (Maybe ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe DataTransferProgress) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [DeferredMaintenanceWindow]) (Maybe ElasticIpStatus) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Endpoint) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe HsmStatus) (Maybe [ClusterIamRole]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe PendingModifiedValues) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe ReservedNodeExchangeStatus) (Maybe ResizeInfo) (Maybe RestoreStatus) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ScheduleState) (Maybe [Tag]) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [VpcSecurityGroupMembership]) |
Instances
newCluster :: Cluster Source #
Create a value of Cluster with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:allowVersionUpgrade:Cluster', cluster_allowVersionUpgrade - A boolean value that, if true, indicates that major version upgrades
will be applied automatically to the cluster during the maintenance
window.
$sel:aquaConfiguration:Cluster', cluster_aquaConfiguration - This field is retired. Amazon Redshift automatically determines whether
to use AQUA (Advanced Query Accelerator).
Cluster, cluster_automatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod - The number of days that automatic cluster snapshots are retained.
$sel:availabilityZone:Cluster', cluster_availabilityZone - The name of the Availability Zone in which the cluster is located.
$sel:availabilityZoneRelocationStatus:Cluster', cluster_availabilityZoneRelocationStatus - Describes the status of the Availability Zone relocation operation.
$sel:clusterAvailabilityStatus:Cluster', cluster_clusterAvailabilityStatus - The availability status of the cluster for queries. Possible values are
the following:
- Available - The cluster is available for queries.
- Unavailable - The cluster is not available for queries.
- Maintenance - The cluster is intermittently available for queries due to maintenance activities.
- Modifying - The cluster is intermittently available for queries due to changes that modify the cluster.
- Failed - The cluster failed and is not available for queries.
$sel:clusterCreateTime:Cluster', cluster_clusterCreateTime - The date and time that the cluster was created.
Cluster, cluster_clusterIdentifier - The unique identifier of the cluster.
$sel:clusterNamespaceArn:Cluster', cluster_clusterNamespaceArn - The namespace Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster.
$sel:clusterNodes:Cluster', cluster_clusterNodes - The nodes in the cluster.
$sel:clusterParameterGroups:Cluster', cluster_clusterParameterGroups - The list of cluster parameter groups that are associated with this
cluster. Each parameter group in the list is returned with its status.
$sel:clusterPublicKey:Cluster', cluster_clusterPublicKey - The public key for the cluster.
$sel:clusterRevisionNumber:Cluster', cluster_clusterRevisionNumber - The specific revision number of the database in the cluster.
$sel:clusterSecurityGroups:Cluster', cluster_clusterSecurityGroups - A list of cluster security group that are associated with the cluster.
Each security group is represented by an element that contains
ClusterSecurityGroup.Name and ClusterSecurityGroup.Status
subelements.
Cluster security groups are used when the cluster is not created in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). Clusters that are created in a VPC use VPC security groups, which are listed by the VpcSecurityGroups parameter.
$sel:clusterSnapshotCopyStatus:Cluster', cluster_clusterSnapshotCopyStatus - A value that returns the destination region and retention period that
are configured for cross-region snapshot copy.
$sel:clusterStatus:Cluster', cluster_clusterStatus - The current state of the cluster. Possible values are the following:
available
available, prep-for-resize
available, resize-cleanup
cancelling-resize
creating
deleting
final-snapshot
hardware-failure
incompatible-hsm
incompatible-network
incompatible-parameters
incompatible-restore
modifying
paused
rebooting
renaming
resizing
rotating-keys
storage-full
updating-hsm
$sel:clusterSubnetGroupName:Cluster', cluster_clusterSubnetGroupName - The name of the subnet group that is associated with the cluster. This
parameter is valid only when the cluster is in a VPC.
Cluster, cluster_clusterVersion - The version ID of the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the
cluster.
$sel:dbName:Cluster', cluster_dbName - The name of the initial database that was created when the cluster was
created. This same name is returned for the life of the cluster. If an
initial database was not specified, a database named devdev was
created by default.
$sel:dataTransferProgress:Cluster', cluster_dataTransferProgress -
$sel:defaultIamRoleArn:Cluster', cluster_defaultIamRoleArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role set as default for the
cluster.
$sel:deferredMaintenanceWindows:Cluster', cluster_deferredMaintenanceWindows - Describes a group of DeferredMaintenanceWindow objects.
$sel:elasticIpStatus:Cluster', cluster_elasticIpStatus - The status of the elastic IP (EIP) address.
$sel:elasticResizeNumberOfNodeOptions:Cluster', cluster_elasticResizeNumberOfNodeOptions - The number of nodes that you can resize the cluster to with the elastic
resize method.
$sel:encrypted:Cluster', cluster_encrypted - A boolean value that, if true, indicates that data in the cluster is
encrypted at rest.
$sel:endpoint:Cluster', cluster_endpoint - The connection endpoint.
Cluster, cluster_enhancedVpcRouting - An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see
Enhanced VPC Routing
in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
Default: false
$sel:expectedNextSnapshotScheduleTime:Cluster', cluster_expectedNextSnapshotScheduleTime - The date and time when the next snapshot is expected to be taken for
clusters with a valid snapshot schedule and backups enabled.
$sel:expectedNextSnapshotScheduleTimeStatus:Cluster', cluster_expectedNextSnapshotScheduleTimeStatus - The status of next expected snapshot for clusters having a valid
snapshot schedule and backups enabled. Possible values are the
following:
- OnTrack - The next snapshot is expected to be taken on time.
- Pending - The next snapshot is pending to be taken.
$sel:hsmStatus:Cluster', cluster_hsmStatus - A value that reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished
applying any hardware security module (HSM) settings changes specified
in a modify cluster command.
Values: active, applying
$sel:iamRoles:Cluster', cluster_iamRoles - A list of Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used by
the cluster to access other Amazon Web Services services.
$sel:kmsKeyId:Cluster', cluster_kmsKeyId - The Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key used to
encrypt data in the cluster.
Cluster, cluster_maintenanceTrackName - The name of the maintenance track for the cluster.
Cluster, cluster_manualSnapshotRetentionPeriod - The default number of days to retain a manual snapshot. If the value is
-1, the snapshot is retained indefinitely. This setting doesn't change
the retention period of existing snapshots.
The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
$sel:masterUsername:Cluster', cluster_masterUsername - The admin user name for the cluster. This name is used to connect to the
database that is specified in the DBName parameter.
$sel:modifyStatus:Cluster', cluster_modifyStatus - The status of a modify operation, if any, initiated for the cluster.
$sel:nextMaintenanceWindowStartTime:Cluster', cluster_nextMaintenanceWindowStartTime - The date and time in UTC when system maintenance can begin.
Cluster, cluster_nodeType - The node type for the nodes in the cluster.
Cluster, cluster_numberOfNodes - The number of compute nodes in the cluster.
$sel:pendingActions:Cluster', cluster_pendingActions - Cluster operations that are waiting to be started.
$sel:pendingModifiedValues:Cluster', cluster_pendingModifiedValues - A value that, if present, indicates that changes to the cluster are
pending. Specific pending changes are identified by subelements.
$sel:preferredMaintenanceWindow:Cluster', cluster_preferredMaintenanceWindow - The weekly time range, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC), during which
system maintenance can occur.
Cluster, cluster_publiclyAccessible - A boolean value that, if true, indicates that the cluster can be
accessed from a public network.
$sel:reservedNodeExchangeStatus:Cluster', cluster_reservedNodeExchangeStatus - The status of the reserved-node exchange request. Statuses include
in-progress and requested.
$sel:resizeInfo:Cluster', cluster_resizeInfo - Returns the following:
- AllowCancelResize: a boolean value indicating if the resize operation can be cancelled.
- ResizeType: Returns ClassicResize
$sel:restoreStatus:Cluster', cluster_restoreStatus - A value that describes the status of a cluster restore action. This
parameter returns null if the cluster was not created by restoring a
snapshot.
$sel:snapshotScheduleIdentifier:Cluster', cluster_snapshotScheduleIdentifier - A unique identifier for the cluster snapshot schedule.
$sel:snapshotScheduleState:Cluster', cluster_snapshotScheduleState - The current state of the cluster snapshot schedule.
$sel:tags:Cluster', cluster_tags - The list of tags for the cluster.
$sel:totalStorageCapacityInMegaBytes:Cluster', cluster_totalStorageCapacityInMegaBytes - The total storage capacity of the cluster in megabytes.
$sel:vpcId:Cluster', cluster_vpcId - The identifier of the VPC the cluster is in, if the cluster is in a VPC.
$sel:vpcSecurityGroups:Cluster', cluster_vpcSecurityGroups - A list of Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) security groups that
are associated with the cluster. This parameter is returned only if the
cluster is in a VPC.
ClusterAssociatedToSchedule
data ClusterAssociatedToSchedule Source #
See: newClusterAssociatedToSchedule smart constructor.
Constructors
| ClusterAssociatedToSchedule' (Maybe Text) (Maybe ScheduleState) |
Instances
newClusterAssociatedToSchedule :: ClusterAssociatedToSchedule Source #
Create a value of ClusterAssociatedToSchedule with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clusterIdentifier:ClusterAssociatedToSchedule', clusterAssociatedToSchedule_clusterIdentifier -
$sel:scheduleAssociationState:ClusterAssociatedToSchedule', clusterAssociatedToSchedule_scheduleAssociationState -
ClusterDbRevision
data ClusterDbRevision Source #
Describes a ClusterDbRevision.
See: newClusterDbRevision smart constructor.
Constructors
| ClusterDbRevision' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe [RevisionTarget]) |
Instances
newClusterDbRevision :: ClusterDbRevision Source #
Create a value of ClusterDbRevision with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clusterIdentifier:ClusterDbRevision', clusterDbRevision_clusterIdentifier - The unique identifier of the cluster.
$sel:currentDatabaseRevision:ClusterDbRevision', clusterDbRevision_currentDatabaseRevision - A string representing the current cluster version.
ClusterDbRevision, clusterDbRevision_databaseRevisionReleaseDate - The date on which the database revision was released.
$sel:revisionTargets:ClusterDbRevision', clusterDbRevision_revisionTargets - A list of RevisionTarget objects, where each object describes the
database revision that a cluster can be updated to.
ClusterIamRole
data ClusterIamRole Source #
An Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that can be used by the associated Amazon Redshift cluster to access other Amazon Web Services services.
See: newClusterIamRole smart constructor.
Constructors
| ClusterIamRole' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newClusterIamRole :: ClusterIamRole Source #
Create a value of ClusterIamRole with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:applyStatus:ClusterIamRole', clusterIamRole_applyStatus - A value that describes the status of the IAM role's association with an
Amazon Redshift cluster.
The following are possible statuses and descriptions.
in-sync: The role is available for use by the cluster.adding: The role is in the process of being associated with the cluster.removing: The role is in the process of being disassociated with the cluster.
$sel:iamRoleArn:ClusterIamRole', clusterIamRole_iamRoleArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role, for example,
arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/RedshiftCopyUnload.
ClusterNode
data ClusterNode Source #
The identifier of a node in a cluster.
See: newClusterNode smart constructor.
Instances
newClusterNode :: ClusterNode Source #
Create a value of ClusterNode with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:nodeRole:ClusterNode', clusterNode_nodeRole - Whether the node is a leader node or a compute node.
$sel:privateIPAddress:ClusterNode', clusterNode_privateIPAddress - The private IP address of a node within a cluster.
$sel:publicIPAddress:ClusterNode', clusterNode_publicIPAddress - The public IP address of a node within a cluster.
ClusterParameterGroup
data ClusterParameterGroup Source #
Describes a parameter group.
See: newClusterParameterGroup smart constructor.
Instances
newClusterParameterGroup :: ClusterParameterGroup Source #
Create a value of ClusterParameterGroup with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:description:ClusterParameterGroup', clusterParameterGroup_description - The description of the parameter group.
$sel:parameterGroupFamily:ClusterParameterGroup', clusterParameterGroup_parameterGroupFamily - The name of the cluster parameter group family that this cluster
parameter group is compatible with.
$sel:parameterGroupName:ClusterParameterGroup', clusterParameterGroup_parameterGroupName - The name of the cluster parameter group.
$sel:tags:ClusterParameterGroup', clusterParameterGroup_tags - The list of tags for the cluster parameter group.
ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage
data ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage Source #
See: newClusterParameterGroupNameMessage smart constructor.
Constructors
| ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newClusterParameterGroupNameMessage :: ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage Source #
Create a value of ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:parameterGroupName:ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage', clusterParameterGroupNameMessage_parameterGroupName - The name of the cluster parameter group.
$sel:parameterGroupStatus:ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage', clusterParameterGroupNameMessage_parameterGroupStatus - The status of the parameter group. For example, if you made a change to
a parameter group name-value pair, then the change could be pending a
reboot of an associated cluster.
ClusterParameterGroupStatus
data ClusterParameterGroupStatus Source #
Describes the status of a parameter group.
See: newClusterParameterGroupStatus smart constructor.
Constructors
| ClusterParameterGroupStatus' (Maybe [ClusterParameterStatus]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newClusterParameterGroupStatus :: ClusterParameterGroupStatus Source #
Create a value of ClusterParameterGroupStatus with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clusterParameterStatusList:ClusterParameterGroupStatus', clusterParameterGroupStatus_clusterParameterStatusList - The list of parameter statuses.
For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
ClusterParameterGroupStatus, clusterParameterGroupStatus_parameterApplyStatus - The status of parameter updates.
$sel:parameterGroupName:ClusterParameterGroupStatus', clusterParameterGroupStatus_parameterGroupName - The name of the cluster parameter group.
ClusterParameterStatus
data ClusterParameterStatus Source #
Describes the status of a parameter group.
See: newClusterParameterStatus smart constructor.
Instances
newClusterParameterStatus :: ClusterParameterStatus Source #
Create a value of ClusterParameterStatus with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:parameterApplyErrorDescription:ClusterParameterStatus', clusterParameterStatus_parameterApplyErrorDescription - The error that prevented the parameter from being applied to the
database.
$sel:parameterApplyStatus:ClusterParameterStatus', clusterParameterStatus_parameterApplyStatus - The status of the parameter that indicates whether the parameter is in
sync with the database, waiting for a cluster reboot, or encountered an
error when being applied.
The following are possible statuses and descriptions.
in-sync: The parameter value is in sync with the database.pending-reboot: The parameter value will be applied after the cluster reboots.applying: The parameter value is being applied to the database.invalid-parameter: Cannot apply the parameter value because it has an invalid value or syntax.apply-deferred: The parameter contains static property changes. The changes are deferred until the cluster reboots.apply-error: Cannot connect to the cluster. The parameter change will be applied after the cluster reboots.unknown-error: Cannot apply the parameter change right now. The change will be applied after the cluster reboots.
$sel:parameterName:ClusterParameterStatus', clusterParameterStatus_parameterName - The name of the parameter.
ClusterSecurityGroup
data ClusterSecurityGroup Source #
Describes a security group.
See: newClusterSecurityGroup smart constructor.
Constructors
| ClusterSecurityGroup' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [EC2SecurityGroup]) (Maybe [IPRange]) (Maybe [Tag]) |
Instances
newClusterSecurityGroup :: ClusterSecurityGroup Source #
Create a value of ClusterSecurityGroup with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clusterSecurityGroupName:ClusterSecurityGroup', clusterSecurityGroup_clusterSecurityGroupName - The name of the cluster security group to which the operation was
applied.
$sel:description:ClusterSecurityGroup', clusterSecurityGroup_description - A description of the security group.
$sel:eC2SecurityGroups:ClusterSecurityGroup', clusterSecurityGroup_eC2SecurityGroups - A list of EC2 security groups that are permitted to access clusters
associated with this cluster security group.
$sel:iPRanges:ClusterSecurityGroup', clusterSecurityGroup_iPRanges - A list of IP ranges (CIDR blocks) that are permitted to access clusters
associated with this cluster security group.
ClusterSecurityGroup, clusterSecurityGroup_tags - The list of tags for the cluster security group.
ClusterSecurityGroupMembership
data ClusterSecurityGroupMembership Source #
Describes a cluster security group.
See: newClusterSecurityGroupMembership smart constructor.
Constructors
| ClusterSecurityGroupMembership' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newClusterSecurityGroupMembership :: ClusterSecurityGroupMembership Source #
Create a value of ClusterSecurityGroupMembership with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clusterSecurityGroupName:ClusterSecurityGroupMembership', clusterSecurityGroupMembership_clusterSecurityGroupName - The name of the cluster security group.
$sel:status:ClusterSecurityGroupMembership', clusterSecurityGroupMembership_status - The status of the cluster security group.
ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus
data ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus Source #
Returns the destination region and retention period that are configured for cross-region snapshot copy.
See: newClusterSnapshotCopyStatus smart constructor.
Instances
newClusterSnapshotCopyStatus :: ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus Source #
Create a value of ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:destinationRegion:ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus', clusterSnapshotCopyStatus_destinationRegion - The destination region that snapshots are automatically copied to when
cross-region snapshot copy is enabled.
$sel:manualSnapshotRetentionPeriod:ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus', clusterSnapshotCopyStatus_manualSnapshotRetentionPeriod - The number of days that automated snapshots are retained in the
destination region after they are copied from a source region. If the
value is -1, the manual snapshot is retained indefinitely.
The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
$sel:retentionPeriod:ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus', clusterSnapshotCopyStatus_retentionPeriod - The number of days that automated snapshots are retained in the
destination region after they are copied from a source region.
$sel:snapshotCopyGrantName:ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus', clusterSnapshotCopyStatus_snapshotCopyGrantName - The name of the snapshot copy grant.
ClusterSubnetGroup
data ClusterSubnetGroup Source #
Describes a subnet group.
See: newClusterSubnetGroup smart constructor.
Constructors
| ClusterSubnetGroup' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Subnet]) (Maybe [Tag]) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newClusterSubnetGroup :: ClusterSubnetGroup Source #
Create a value of ClusterSubnetGroup with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clusterSubnetGroupName:ClusterSubnetGroup', clusterSubnetGroup_clusterSubnetGroupName - The name of the cluster subnet group.
$sel:description:ClusterSubnetGroup', clusterSubnetGroup_description - The description of the cluster subnet group.
$sel:subnetGroupStatus:ClusterSubnetGroup', clusterSubnetGroup_subnetGroupStatus - The status of the cluster subnet group. Possible values are Complete,
Incomplete and Invalid.
$sel:subnets:ClusterSubnetGroup', clusterSubnetGroup_subnets - A list of the VPC Subnet elements.
$sel:tags:ClusterSubnetGroup', clusterSubnetGroup_tags - The list of tags for the cluster subnet group.
$sel:vpcId:ClusterSubnetGroup', clusterSubnetGroup_vpcId - The VPC ID of the cluster subnet group.
ClusterVersion
data ClusterVersion Source #
Describes a cluster version, including the parameter group family and description of the version.
See: newClusterVersion smart constructor.
Instances
newClusterVersion :: ClusterVersion Source #
Create a value of ClusterVersion with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clusterParameterGroupFamily:ClusterVersion', clusterVersion_clusterParameterGroupFamily - The name of the cluster parameter group family for the cluster.
$sel:clusterVersion:ClusterVersion', clusterVersion_clusterVersion - The version number used by the cluster.
$sel:description:ClusterVersion', clusterVersion_description - The description of the cluster version.
DataShare
See: newDataShare smart constructor.
Constructors
| DataShare' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [DataShareAssociation]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newDataShare :: DataShare Source #
Create a value of DataShare with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:allowPubliclyAccessibleConsumers:DataShare', dataShare_allowPubliclyAccessibleConsumers - A value that specifies whether the datashare can be shared to a publicly
accessible cluster.
$sel:dataShareArn:DataShare', dataShare_dataShareArn - An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that references the datashare that is
owned by a specific namespace of the producer cluster. A datashare ARN
is in the
arn:aws:redshift:{region}:{account-id}:{datashare}:{namespace-guid}/{datashare-name}
format.
$sel:dataShareAssociations:DataShare', dataShare_dataShareAssociations - A value that specifies when the datashare has an association between
producer and data consumers.
$sel:managedBy:DataShare', dataShare_managedBy - The identifier of a datashare to show its managing entity.
$sel:producerArn:DataShare', dataShare_producerArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the producer.
DataShareAssociation
data DataShareAssociation Source #
The association of a datashare from a producer account with a data consumer.
See: newDataShareAssociation smart constructor.
Constructors
| DataShareAssociation' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe DataShareStatus) (Maybe ISO8601) |
Instances
newDataShareAssociation :: DataShareAssociation Source #
Create a value of DataShareAssociation with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:consumerIdentifier:DataShareAssociation', dataShareAssociation_consumerIdentifier - The name of the consumer accounts that have an association with a
producer datashare.
$sel:consumerRegion:DataShareAssociation', dataShareAssociation_consumerRegion - The Amazon Web Services Region of the consumer accounts that have an
association with a producer datashare.
$sel:createdDate:DataShareAssociation', dataShareAssociation_createdDate - The creation date of the datashare that is associated.
$sel:status:DataShareAssociation', dataShareAssociation_status - The status of the datashare that is associated.
$sel:statusChangeDate:DataShareAssociation', dataShareAssociation_statusChangeDate - The status change data of the datashare that is associated.
DataTransferProgress
data DataTransferProgress Source #
Describes the status of a cluster while it is in the process of resizing with an incremental resize.
See: newDataTransferProgress smart constructor.
Constructors
| DataTransferProgress' (Maybe Double) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Integer) |
Instances
newDataTransferProgress :: DataTransferProgress Source #
Create a value of DataTransferProgress with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:currentRateInMegaBytesPerSecond:DataTransferProgress', dataTransferProgress_currentRateInMegaBytesPerSecond - Describes the data transfer rate in MB's per second.
$sel:dataTransferredInMegaBytes:DataTransferProgress', dataTransferProgress_dataTransferredInMegaBytes - Describes the total amount of data that has been transfered in MB's.
$sel:elapsedTimeInSeconds:DataTransferProgress', dataTransferProgress_elapsedTimeInSeconds - Describes the number of seconds that have elapsed during the data
transfer.
$sel:estimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds:DataTransferProgress', dataTransferProgress_estimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds - Describes the estimated number of seconds remaining to complete the
transfer.
$sel:status:DataTransferProgress', dataTransferProgress_status - Describes the status of the cluster. While the transfer is in progress
the status is transferringdata.
$sel:totalDataInMegaBytes:DataTransferProgress', dataTransferProgress_totalDataInMegaBytes - Describes the total amount of data to be transfered in megabytes.
DefaultClusterParameters
data DefaultClusterParameters Source #
Describes the default cluster parameters for a parameter group family.
See: newDefaultClusterParameters smart constructor.
Instances
newDefaultClusterParameters :: DefaultClusterParameters Source #
Create a value of DefaultClusterParameters with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:marker:DefaultClusterParameters', defaultClusterParameters_marker - A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response
records in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response,
you can retrieve the next set of records by providing this returned
marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
Marker field is empty, all response records have been retrieved for
the request.
$sel:parameterGroupFamily:DefaultClusterParameters', defaultClusterParameters_parameterGroupFamily - The name of the cluster parameter group family to which the engine
default parameters apply.
$sel:parameters:DefaultClusterParameters', defaultClusterParameters_parameters - The list of cluster default parameters.
DeferredMaintenanceWindow
data DeferredMaintenanceWindow Source #
Describes a deferred maintenance window
See: newDeferredMaintenanceWindow smart constructor.
Instances
newDeferredMaintenanceWindow :: DeferredMaintenanceWindow Source #
Create a value of DeferredMaintenanceWindow with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:deferMaintenanceEndTime:DeferredMaintenanceWindow', deferredMaintenanceWindow_deferMaintenanceEndTime - A timestamp for the end of the time period when we defer maintenance.
$sel:deferMaintenanceIdentifier:DeferredMaintenanceWindow', deferredMaintenanceWindow_deferMaintenanceIdentifier - A unique identifier for the maintenance window.
$sel:deferMaintenanceStartTime:DeferredMaintenanceWindow', deferredMaintenanceWindow_deferMaintenanceStartTime - A timestamp for the beginning of the time period when we defer
maintenance.
DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage
data DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage Source #
See: newDeleteClusterSnapshotMessage smart constructor.
Constructors
| DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage' (Maybe Text) Text |
Instances
newDeleteClusterSnapshotMessage Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage |
Create a value of DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:snapshotClusterIdentifier:DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage', deleteClusterSnapshotMessage_snapshotClusterIdentifier - The unique identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This
parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a
snapshot resource element that specifies anything other than * for the
cluster name.
Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster.
$sel:snapshotIdentifier:DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage', deleteClusterSnapshotMessage_snapshotIdentifier - The unique identifier of the manual snapshot to be deleted.
Constraints: Must be the name of an existing snapshot that is in the
available, failed, or cancelled state.
EC2SecurityGroup
data EC2SecurityGroup Source #
Describes an Amazon EC2 security group.
See: newEC2SecurityGroup smart constructor.
Instances
newEC2SecurityGroup :: EC2SecurityGroup Source #
Create a value of EC2SecurityGroup with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:eC2SecurityGroupName:EC2SecurityGroup', eC2SecurityGroup_eC2SecurityGroupName - The name of the EC2 Security Group.
$sel:eC2SecurityGroupOwnerId:EC2SecurityGroup', eC2SecurityGroup_eC2SecurityGroupOwnerId - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the EC2 security
group specified in the EC2SecurityGroupName field.
$sel:status:EC2SecurityGroup', eC2SecurityGroup_status - The status of the EC2 security group.
$sel:tags:EC2SecurityGroup', eC2SecurityGroup_tags - The list of tags for the EC2 security group.
ElasticIpStatus
data ElasticIpStatus Source #
Describes the status of the elastic IP (EIP) address.
See: newElasticIpStatus smart constructor.
Constructors
| ElasticIpStatus' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newElasticIpStatus :: ElasticIpStatus Source #
Create a value of ElasticIpStatus with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:elasticIp:ElasticIpStatus', elasticIpStatus_elasticIp - The elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
$sel:status:ElasticIpStatus', elasticIpStatus_status - The status of the elastic IP (EIP) address.
Endpoint
Describes a connection endpoint.
See: newEndpoint smart constructor.
Instances
| FromXML Endpoint Source # | |
| Generic Endpoint Source # | |
| Read Endpoint Source # | |
| Show Endpoint Source # | |
| NFData Endpoint Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.Types.Endpoint | |
| Eq Endpoint Source # | |
| Hashable Endpoint Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.Types.Endpoint | |
| type Rep Endpoint Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.Types.Endpoint type Rep Endpoint = D1 ('MetaData "Endpoint" "Amazonka.Redshift.Types.Endpoint" "amazonka-redshift-2.0-4tocKxBWIuj2GdXa6djdUl" 'False) (C1 ('MetaCons "Endpoint'" 'PrefixI 'True) (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "address") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text)) :*: (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "port") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Int)) :*: S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "vpcEndpoints") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe [VpcEndpoint]))))) | |
newEndpoint :: Endpoint Source #
Create a value of Endpoint with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:address:Endpoint', endpoint_address - The DNS address of the Cluster.
$sel:port:Endpoint', endpoint_port - The port that the database engine is listening on.
$sel:vpcEndpoints:Endpoint', endpoint_vpcEndpoints - Describes a connection endpoint.
EndpointAccess
data EndpointAccess Source #
Describes a Redshift-managed VPC endpoint.
See: newEndpointAccess smart constructor.
Constructors
| EndpointAccess' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe VpcEndpoint) (Maybe [VpcSecurityGroupMembership]) |
Instances
newEndpointAccess :: EndpointAccess Source #
Create a value of EndpointAccess with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:address:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_address - The DNS address of the endpoint.
$sel:clusterIdentifier:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_clusterIdentifier - The cluster identifier of the cluster associated with the endpoint.
$sel:endpointCreateTime:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_endpointCreateTime - The time (UTC) that the endpoint was created.
$sel:endpointName:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_endpointName - The name of the endpoint.
$sel:endpointStatus:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_endpointStatus - The status of the endpoint.
$sel:port:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_port - The port number on which the cluster accepts incoming connections.
$sel:resourceOwner:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_resourceOwner - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the cluster.
$sel:subnetGroupName:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_subnetGroupName - The subnet group name where Amazon Redshift chooses to deploy the
endpoint.
$sel:vpcEndpoint:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_vpcEndpoint - Undocumented member.
$sel:vpcSecurityGroups:EndpointAccess', endpointAccess_vpcSecurityGroups - The security groups associated with the endpoint.
EndpointAuthorization
data EndpointAuthorization Source #
Describes an endpoint authorization for authorizing Redshift-managed VPC endpoint access to a cluster across Amazon Web Services accounts.
See: newEndpointAuthorization smart constructor.
Constructors
| EndpointAuthorization' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe AuthorizationStatus) |
Instances
newEndpointAuthorization :: EndpointAuthorization Source #
Create a value of EndpointAuthorization with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:allowedAllVPCs:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_allowedAllVPCs - Indicates whether all VPCs in the grantee account are allowed access to
the cluster.
$sel:allowedVPCs:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_allowedVPCs - The VPCs allowed access to the cluster.
$sel:authorizeTime:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_authorizeTime - The time (UTC) when the authorization was created.
$sel:clusterIdentifier:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_clusterIdentifier - The cluster identifier.
$sel:clusterStatus:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_clusterStatus - The status of the cluster.
$sel:endpointCount:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_endpointCount - The number of Redshift-managed VPC endpoints created for the
authorization.
$sel:grantee:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_grantee - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the grantee of the cluster.
$sel:grantor:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_grantor - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the cluster owner.
$sel:status:EndpointAuthorization', endpointAuthorization_status - The status of the authorization action.
Event
Describes an event.
See: newEvent smart constructor.
Constructors
| Event' (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe SourceType) |
Instances
Create a value of Event with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:date:Event', event_date - The date and time of the event.
$sel:eventCategories:Event', event_eventCategories - A list of the event categories.
Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security, Pending
$sel:eventId:Event', event_eventId - The identifier of the event.
$sel:message:Event', event_message - The text of this event.
$sel:severity:Event', event_severity - The severity of the event.
Values: ERROR, INFO
$sel:sourceIdentifier:Event', event_sourceIdentifier - The identifier for the source of the event.
$sel:sourceType:Event', event_sourceType - The source type for this event.
EventCategoriesMap
data EventCategoriesMap Source #
Describes event categories.
See: newEventCategoriesMap smart constructor.
Constructors
| EventCategoriesMap' (Maybe [EventInfoMap]) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newEventCategoriesMap :: EventCategoriesMap Source #
Create a value of EventCategoriesMap with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:events:EventCategoriesMap', eventCategoriesMap_events - The events in the event category.
$sel:sourceType:EventCategoriesMap', eventCategoriesMap_sourceType - The source type, such as cluster or cluster-snapshot, that the returned
categories belong to.
EventInfoMap
data EventInfoMap Source #
Describes event information.
See: newEventInfoMap smart constructor.
Instances
newEventInfoMap :: EventInfoMap Source #
Create a value of EventInfoMap with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:eventCategories:EventInfoMap', eventInfoMap_eventCategories - The category of an Amazon Redshift event.
$sel:eventDescription:EventInfoMap', eventInfoMap_eventDescription - The description of an Amazon Redshift event.
$sel:eventId:EventInfoMap', eventInfoMap_eventId - The identifier of an Amazon Redshift event.
$sel:severity:EventInfoMap', eventInfoMap_severity - The severity of the event.
Values: ERROR, INFO
EventSubscription
data EventSubscription Source #
Describes event subscriptions.
See: newEventSubscription smart constructor.
Constructors
| EventSubscription' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe [Tag]) |
Instances
newEventSubscription :: EventSubscription Source #
Create a value of EventSubscription with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:custSubscriptionId:EventSubscription', eventSubscription_custSubscriptionId - The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
$sel:customerAwsId:EventSubscription', eventSubscription_customerAwsId - The Amazon Web Services account associated with the Amazon Redshift
event notification subscription.
$sel:enabled:EventSubscription', eventSubscription_enabled - A boolean value indicating whether the subscription is enabled; true
indicates that the subscription is enabled.
$sel:eventCategoriesList:EventSubscription', eventSubscription_eventCategoriesList - The list of Amazon Redshift event categories specified in the event
notification subscription.
Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security, Pending
$sel:severity:EventSubscription', eventSubscription_severity - The event severity specified in the Amazon Redshift event notification
subscription.
Values: ERROR, INFO
$sel:snsTopicArn:EventSubscription', eventSubscription_snsTopicArn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic used by the event
notification subscription.
$sel:sourceIdsList:EventSubscription', eventSubscription_sourceIdsList - A list of the sources that publish events to the Amazon Redshift event
notification subscription.
$sel:sourceType:EventSubscription', eventSubscription_sourceType - The source type of the events returned by the Amazon Redshift event
notification, such as cluster, cluster-snapshot,
cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, or scheduled-action.
$sel:status:EventSubscription', eventSubscription_status - The status of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
Constraints:
- Can be one of the following: active | no-permission | topic-not-exist
- The status "no-permission" indicates that Amazon Redshift no longer has permission to post to the Amazon SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that the topic was deleted after the subscription was created.
$sel:subscriptionCreationTime:EventSubscription', eventSubscription_subscriptionCreationTime - The date and time the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription
was created.
$sel:tags:EventSubscription', eventSubscription_tags - The list of tags for the event subscription.
HsmClientCertificate
data HsmClientCertificate Source #
Returns information about an HSM client certificate. The certificate is stored in a secure Hardware Storage Module (HSM), and used by the Amazon Redshift cluster to encrypt data files.
See: newHsmClientCertificate smart constructor.
Instances
newHsmClientCertificate :: HsmClientCertificate Source #
Create a value of HsmClientCertificate with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:hsmClientCertificateIdentifier:HsmClientCertificate', hsmClientCertificate_hsmClientCertificateIdentifier - The identifier of the HSM client certificate.
$sel:hsmClientCertificatePublicKey:HsmClientCertificate', hsmClientCertificate_hsmClientCertificatePublicKey - The public key that the Amazon Redshift cluster will use to connect to
the HSM. You must register the public key in the HSM.
$sel:tags:HsmClientCertificate', hsmClientCertificate_tags - The list of tags for the HSM client certificate.
HsmConfiguration
data HsmConfiguration Source #
Returns information about an HSM configuration, which is an object that describes to Amazon Redshift clusters the information they require to connect to an HSM where they can store database encryption keys.
See: newHsmConfiguration smart constructor.
Instances
newHsmConfiguration :: HsmConfiguration Source #
Create a value of HsmConfiguration with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:description:HsmConfiguration', hsmConfiguration_description - A text description of the HSM configuration.
$sel:hsmConfigurationIdentifier:HsmConfiguration', hsmConfiguration_hsmConfigurationIdentifier - The name of the Amazon Redshift HSM configuration.
$sel:hsmIpAddress:HsmConfiguration', hsmConfiguration_hsmIpAddress - The IP address that the Amazon Redshift cluster must use to access the
HSM.
$sel:hsmPartitionName:HsmConfiguration', hsmConfiguration_hsmPartitionName - The name of the partition in the HSM where the Amazon Redshift clusters
will store their database encryption keys.
$sel:tags:HsmConfiguration', hsmConfiguration_tags - The list of tags for the HSM configuration.
HsmStatus
Describes the status of changes to HSM settings.
See: newHsmStatus smart constructor.
Instances
| FromXML HsmStatus Source # | |
| Generic HsmStatus Source # | |
| Read HsmStatus Source # | |
| Show HsmStatus Source # | |
| NFData HsmStatus Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.Types.HsmStatus | |
| Eq HsmStatus Source # | |
| Hashable HsmStatus Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.Types.HsmStatus | |
| type Rep HsmStatus Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.Types.HsmStatus type Rep HsmStatus = D1 ('MetaData "HsmStatus" "Amazonka.Redshift.Types.HsmStatus" "amazonka-redshift-2.0-4tocKxBWIuj2GdXa6djdUl" 'False) (C1 ('MetaCons "HsmStatus'" 'PrefixI 'True) (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "hsmClientCertificateIdentifier") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text)) :*: (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "hsmConfigurationIdentifier") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text)) :*: S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "status") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text))))) | |
newHsmStatus :: HsmStatus Source #
Create a value of HsmStatus with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:hsmClientCertificateIdentifier:HsmStatus', hsmStatus_hsmClientCertificateIdentifier - Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift
cluster uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
$sel:hsmConfigurationIdentifier:HsmStatus', hsmStatus_hsmConfigurationIdentifier - Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the
information the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store
keys in an HSM.
$sel:status:HsmStatus', hsmStatus_status - Reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished applying any
HSM settings changes specified in a modify cluster command.
Values: active, applying
IPRange
Describes an IP range used in a security group.
See: newIPRange smart constructor.
Instances
| FromXML IPRange Source # | |
| Generic IPRange Source # | |
| Read IPRange Source # | |
| Show IPRange Source # | |
| NFData IPRange Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.Types.IPRange | |
| Eq IPRange Source # | |
| Hashable IPRange Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.Types.IPRange | |
| type Rep IPRange Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.Types.IPRange type Rep IPRange = D1 ('MetaData "IPRange" "Amazonka.Redshift.Types.IPRange" "amazonka-redshift-2.0-4tocKxBWIuj2GdXa6djdUl" 'False) (C1 ('MetaCons "IPRange'" 'PrefixI 'True) (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "cidrip") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text)) :*: (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "status") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text)) :*: S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "tags") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe [Tag]))))) | |
newIPRange :: IPRange Source #
Create a value of IPRange with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:cidrip:IPRange', iPRange_cidrip - The IP range in Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation.
$sel:status:IPRange', iPRange_status - The status of the IP range, for example, "authorized".
$sel:tags:IPRange', iPRange_tags - The list of tags for the IP range.
LoggingStatus
data LoggingStatus Source #
Describes the status of logging for a cluster.
See: newLoggingStatus smart constructor.
Constructors
| LoggingStatus' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe LogDestinationType) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newLoggingStatus :: LoggingStatus Source #
Create a value of LoggingStatus with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:bucketName:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_bucketName - The name of the S3 bucket where the log files are stored.
$sel:lastFailureMessage:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_lastFailureMessage - The message indicating that logs failed to be delivered.
$sel:lastFailureTime:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_lastFailureTime - The last time when logs failed to be delivered.
$sel:lastSuccessfulDeliveryTime:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_lastSuccessfulDeliveryTime - The last time that logs were delivered.
$sel:logDestinationType:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_logDestinationType - The log destination type. An enum with possible values of s3 and
cloudwatch.
$sel:logExports:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_logExports - The collection of exported log types. Log types include the connection
log, user log and user activity log.
$sel:loggingEnabled:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_loggingEnabled - true if logging is on, false if logging is off.
$sel:s3KeyPrefix:LoggingStatus', loggingStatus_s3KeyPrefix - The prefix applied to the log file names.
MaintenanceTrack
data MaintenanceTrack Source #
Defines a maintenance track that determines which Amazon Redshift
version to apply during a maintenance window. If the value for
MaintenanceTrack is current, the cluster is updated to the most
recently certified maintenance release. If the value is trailing, the
cluster is updated to the previously certified maintenance release.
See: newMaintenanceTrack smart constructor.
Constructors
| MaintenanceTrack' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [UpdateTarget]) |
Instances
newMaintenanceTrack :: MaintenanceTrack Source #
Create a value of MaintenanceTrack with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
MaintenanceTrack, maintenanceTrack_databaseVersion - The version number for the cluster release.
MaintenanceTrack, maintenanceTrack_maintenanceTrackName - The name of the maintenance track. Possible values are current and
trailing.
$sel:updateTargets:MaintenanceTrack', maintenanceTrack_updateTargets - An array of UpdateTarget objects to update with the maintenance track.
NetworkInterface
data NetworkInterface Source #
Describes a network interface.
See: newNetworkInterface smart constructor.
Instances
newNetworkInterface :: NetworkInterface Source #
Create a value of NetworkInterface with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:availabilityZone:NetworkInterface', networkInterface_availabilityZone - The Availability Zone.
$sel:networkInterfaceId:NetworkInterface', networkInterface_networkInterfaceId - The network interface identifier.
$sel:privateIpAddress:NetworkInterface', networkInterface_privateIpAddress - The IPv4 address of the network interface within the subnet.
$sel:subnetId:NetworkInterface', networkInterface_subnetId - The subnet identifier.
NodeConfigurationOption
data NodeConfigurationOption Source #
A list of node configurations.
See: newNodeConfigurationOption smart constructor.
Instances
newNodeConfigurationOption :: NodeConfigurationOption Source #
Create a value of NodeConfigurationOption with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:estimatedDiskUtilizationPercent:NodeConfigurationOption', nodeConfigurationOption_estimatedDiskUtilizationPercent - The estimated disk utilizaton percentage.
$sel:mode:NodeConfigurationOption', nodeConfigurationOption_mode - The category of the node configuration recommendation.
$sel:nodeType:NodeConfigurationOption', nodeConfigurationOption_nodeType - The node type, such as, "ds2.8xlarge".
$sel:numberOfNodes:NodeConfigurationOption', nodeConfigurationOption_numberOfNodes - The number of nodes.
NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter
data NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter Source #
A set of elements to filter the returned node configurations.
See: newNodeConfigurationOptionsFilter smart constructor.
Constructors
| NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter' (Maybe NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName) (Maybe OperatorType) (Maybe [Text]) |
Instances
newNodeConfigurationOptionsFilter :: NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter Source #
Create a value of NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:name:NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter', nodeConfigurationOptionsFilter_name - The name of the element to filter.
$sel:operator:NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter', nodeConfigurationOptionsFilter_operator - The filter operator. If filter Name is NodeType only the 'in' operator
is supported. Provide one value to evaluate for 'eq', 'lt', 'le',
'gt', and 'ge'. Provide two values to evaluate for 'between'.
Provide a list of values for 'in'.
$sel:values:NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter', nodeConfigurationOptionsFilter_values - List of values. Compare Name using Operator to Values. If filter Name is
NumberOfNodes, then values can range from 0 to 200. If filter Name is
EstimatedDiskUtilizationPercent, then values can range from 0 to 100.
For example, filter NumberOfNodes (name) GT (operator) 3 (values).
OrderableClusterOption
data OrderableClusterOption Source #
Describes an orderable cluster option.
See: newOrderableClusterOption smart constructor.
Constructors
| OrderableClusterOption' (Maybe [AvailabilityZone]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newOrderableClusterOption :: OrderableClusterOption Source #
Create a value of OrderableClusterOption with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:availabilityZones:OrderableClusterOption', orderableClusterOption_availabilityZones - A list of availability zones for the orderable cluster.
$sel:clusterType:OrderableClusterOption', orderableClusterOption_clusterType - The cluster type, for example multi-node.
$sel:clusterVersion:OrderableClusterOption', orderableClusterOption_clusterVersion - The version of the orderable cluster.
$sel:nodeType:OrderableClusterOption', orderableClusterOption_nodeType - The node type for the orderable cluster.
Parameter
Describes a parameter in a cluster parameter group.
See: newParameter smart constructor.
Constructors
| Parameter' (Maybe Text) (Maybe ParameterApplyType) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newParameter :: Parameter Source #
Create a value of Parameter with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:allowedValues:Parameter', parameter_allowedValues - The valid range of values for the parameter.
$sel:applyType:Parameter', parameter_applyType - Specifies how to apply the WLM configuration parameter. Some properties
can be applied dynamically, while other properties require that any
associated clusters be rebooted for the configuration changes to be
applied. For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go
to
Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups
in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
$sel:dataType:Parameter', parameter_dataType - The data type of the parameter.
$sel:description:Parameter', parameter_description - A description of the parameter.
$sel:isModifiable:Parameter', parameter_isModifiable - If true, the parameter can be modified. Some parameters have security
or operational implications that prevent them from being changed.
$sel:minimumEngineVersion:Parameter', parameter_minimumEngineVersion - The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply.
$sel:parameterName:Parameter', parameter_parameterName - The name of the parameter.
$sel:parameterValue:Parameter', parameter_parameterValue - The value of the parameter. If ParameterName is
wlm_json_configuration, then the maximum size of ParameterValue is
8000 characters.
$sel:source:Parameter', parameter_source - The source of the parameter value, such as "engine-default" or
"user".
PartnerIntegrationInfo
data PartnerIntegrationInfo Source #
Describes a partner integration.
See: newPartnerIntegrationInfo smart constructor.
Constructors
| PartnerIntegrationInfo' (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe PartnerIntegrationStatus) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) |
Instances
newPartnerIntegrationInfo :: PartnerIntegrationInfo Source #
Create a value of PartnerIntegrationInfo with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:createdAt:PartnerIntegrationInfo', partnerIntegrationInfo_createdAt - The date (UTC) that the partner integration was created.
$sel:databaseName:PartnerIntegrationInfo', partnerIntegrationInfo_databaseName - The name of the database that receives data from a partner.
$sel:partnerName:PartnerIntegrationInfo', partnerIntegrationInfo_partnerName - The name of the partner.
$sel:status:PartnerIntegrationInfo', partnerIntegrationInfo_status - The partner integration status.
$sel:statusMessage:PartnerIntegrationInfo', partnerIntegrationInfo_statusMessage - The status message provided by the partner.
$sel:updatedAt:PartnerIntegrationInfo', partnerIntegrationInfo_updatedAt - The date (UTC) that the partner integration status was last updated by
the partner.
PartnerIntegrationInputMessage
data PartnerIntegrationInputMessage Source #
See: newPartnerIntegrationInputMessage smart constructor.
Constructors
| PartnerIntegrationInputMessage' Text Text Text Text |
Instances
newPartnerIntegrationInputMessage Source #
Arguments
| :: Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> Text | |
| -> PartnerIntegrationInputMessage |
Create a value of PartnerIntegrationInputMessage with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:accountId:PartnerIntegrationInputMessage', partnerIntegrationInputMessage_accountId - The Amazon Web Services account ID that owns the cluster.
$sel:clusterIdentifier:PartnerIntegrationInputMessage', partnerIntegrationInputMessage_clusterIdentifier - The cluster identifier of the cluster that receives data from the
partner.
$sel:databaseName:PartnerIntegrationInputMessage', partnerIntegrationInputMessage_databaseName - The name of the database that receives data from the partner.
$sel:partnerName:PartnerIntegrationInputMessage', partnerIntegrationInputMessage_partnerName - The name of the partner that is authorized to send data.
PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage
data PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage Source #
See: newPartnerIntegrationOutputMessage smart constructor.
Constructors
| PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newPartnerIntegrationOutputMessage :: PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage Source #
Create a value of PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:databaseName:PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage', partnerIntegrationOutputMessage_databaseName - The name of the database that receives data from the partner.
$sel:partnerName:PartnerIntegrationOutputMessage', partnerIntegrationOutputMessage_partnerName - The name of the partner that is authorized to send data.
PauseClusterMessage
data PauseClusterMessage Source #
Describes a pause cluster operation. For example, a scheduled action to
run the PauseCluster API operation.
See: newPauseClusterMessage smart constructor.
Constructors
| PauseClusterMessage' Text |
Instances
newPauseClusterMessage Source #
Create a value of PauseClusterMessage with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clusterIdentifier:PauseClusterMessage', pauseClusterMessage_clusterIdentifier - The identifier of the cluster to be paused.
PendingModifiedValues
data PendingModifiedValues Source #
Describes cluster attributes that are in a pending state. A change to one or more the attributes was requested and is in progress or will be applied.
See: newPendingModifiedValues smart constructor.
Constructors
| PendingModifiedValues' (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Bool) |
Instances
newPendingModifiedValues :: PendingModifiedValues Source #
Create a value of PendingModifiedValues with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:automatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod:PendingModifiedValues', pendingModifiedValues_automatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod - The pending or in-progress change of the automated snapshot retention
period.
$sel:clusterIdentifier:PendingModifiedValues', pendingModifiedValues_clusterIdentifier - The pending or in-progress change of the new identifier for the cluster.
$sel:clusterType:PendingModifiedValues', pendingModifiedValues_clusterType - The pending or in-progress change of the cluster type.
$sel:clusterVersion:PendingModifiedValues', pendingModifiedValues_clusterVersion - The pending or in-progress change of the service version.
$sel:encryptionType:PendingModifiedValues', pendingModifiedValues_encryptionType - The encryption type for a cluster. Possible values are: KMS and None.
$sel:enhancedVpcRouting:PendingModifiedValues', pendingModifiedValues_enhancedVpcRouting - An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see
Enhanced VPC Routing
in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
Default: false
$sel:maintenanceTrackName:PendingModifiedValues', pendingModifiedValues_maintenanceTrackName - The name of the maintenance track that the cluster will change to during
the next maintenance window.
$sel:masterUserPassword:PendingModifiedValues', pendingModifiedValues_masterUserPassword - The pending or in-progress change of the admin user password for the
cluster.
$sel:nodeType:PendingModifiedValues', pendingModifiedValues_nodeType - The pending or in-progress change of the cluster's node type.
$sel:numberOfNodes:PendingModifiedValues', pendingModifiedValues_numberOfNodes - The pending or in-progress change of the number of nodes in the cluster.
$sel:publiclyAccessible:PendingModifiedValues', pendingModifiedValues_publiclyAccessible - The pending or in-progress change of the ability to connect to the
cluster from the public network.
RecurringCharge
data RecurringCharge Source #
Describes a recurring charge.
See: newRecurringCharge smart constructor.
Constructors
| RecurringCharge' (Maybe Double) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newRecurringCharge :: RecurringCharge Source #
Create a value of RecurringCharge with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:recurringChargeAmount:RecurringCharge', recurringCharge_recurringChargeAmount - The amount charged per the period of time specified by the recurring
charge frequency.
$sel:recurringChargeFrequency:RecurringCharge', recurringCharge_recurringChargeFrequency - The frequency at which the recurring charge amount is applied.
ReservedNode
data ReservedNode Source #
Describes a reserved node. You can call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings API to obtain the available reserved node offerings.
See: newReservedNode smart constructor.
Constructors
| ReservedNode' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Double) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [RecurringCharge]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ReservedNodeOfferingType) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Double) |
Instances
newReservedNode :: ReservedNode Source #
Create a value of ReservedNode with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:currencyCode:ReservedNode', reservedNode_currencyCode - The currency code for the reserved cluster.
$sel:duration:ReservedNode', reservedNode_duration - The duration of the node reservation in seconds.
$sel:fixedPrice:ReservedNode', reservedNode_fixedPrice - The fixed cost Amazon Redshift charges you for this reserved node.
$sel:nodeCount:ReservedNode', reservedNode_nodeCount - The number of reserved compute nodes.
$sel:nodeType:ReservedNode', reservedNode_nodeType - The node type of the reserved node.
$sel:offeringType:ReservedNode', reservedNode_offeringType - The anticipated utilization of the reserved node, as defined in the
reserved node offering.
$sel:recurringCharges:ReservedNode', reservedNode_recurringCharges - The recurring charges for the reserved node.
$sel:reservedNodeId:ReservedNode', reservedNode_reservedNodeId - The unique identifier for the reservation.
$sel:reservedNodeOfferingId:ReservedNode', reservedNode_reservedNodeOfferingId - The identifier for the reserved node offering.
$sel:reservedNodeOfferingType:ReservedNode', reservedNode_reservedNodeOfferingType -
$sel:startTime:ReservedNode', reservedNode_startTime - The time the reservation started. You purchase a reserved node offering
for a duration. This is the start time of that duration.
$sel:state:ReservedNode', reservedNode_state - The state of the reserved compute node.
Possible Values:
- pending-payment-This reserved node has recently been purchased, and the sale has been approved, but payment has not yet been confirmed.
- active-This reserved node is owned by the caller and is available for use.
- payment-failed-Payment failed for the purchase attempt.
- retired-The reserved node is no longer available.
- exchanging-The owner is exchanging the reserved node for another reserved node.
$sel:usagePrice:ReservedNode', reservedNode_usagePrice - The hourly rate Amazon Redshift charges you for this reserved node.
ReservedNodeConfigurationOption
data ReservedNodeConfigurationOption Source #
Details for a reserved-node exchange. Examples include the node type for a reserved node, the price for a node, the node's state, and other details.
See: newReservedNodeConfigurationOption smart constructor.
Constructors
| ReservedNodeConfigurationOption' (Maybe ReservedNode) (Maybe Int) (Maybe ReservedNodeOffering) |
Instances
newReservedNodeConfigurationOption :: ReservedNodeConfigurationOption Source #
Create a value of ReservedNodeConfigurationOption with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:sourceReservedNode:ReservedNodeConfigurationOption', reservedNodeConfigurationOption_sourceReservedNode - Undocumented member.
$sel:targetReservedNodeCount:ReservedNodeConfigurationOption', reservedNodeConfigurationOption_targetReservedNodeCount - The target reserved-node count.
$sel:targetReservedNodeOffering:ReservedNodeConfigurationOption', reservedNodeConfigurationOption_targetReservedNodeOffering - Undocumented member.
ReservedNodeExchangeStatus
data ReservedNodeExchangeStatus Source #
Reserved-node status details, such as the source reserved-node identifier, the target reserved-node identifier, the node type, the node count, and other details.
See: newReservedNodeExchangeStatus smart constructor.
Constructors
| ReservedNodeExchangeStatus' (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ReservedNodeExchangeStatusType) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newReservedNodeExchangeStatus :: ReservedNodeExchangeStatus Source #
Create a value of ReservedNodeExchangeStatus with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:requestTime:ReservedNodeExchangeStatus', reservedNodeExchangeStatus_requestTime - A date and time that indicate when the reserved-node exchange was
requested.
$sel:reservedNodeExchangeRequestId:ReservedNodeExchangeStatus', reservedNodeExchangeStatus_reservedNodeExchangeRequestId - The identifier of the reserved-node exchange request.
$sel:sourceReservedNodeCount:ReservedNodeExchangeStatus', reservedNodeExchangeStatus_sourceReservedNodeCount - The source reserved-node count in the cluster.
$sel:sourceReservedNodeId:ReservedNodeExchangeStatus', reservedNodeExchangeStatus_sourceReservedNodeId - The identifier of the source reserved node.
$sel:sourceReservedNodeType:ReservedNodeExchangeStatus', reservedNodeExchangeStatus_sourceReservedNodeType - The source reserved-node type, for example ds2.xlarge.
$sel:status:ReservedNodeExchangeStatus', reservedNodeExchangeStatus_status - The status of the reserved-node exchange request. Statuses include
in-progress and requested.
$sel:targetReservedNodeCount:ReservedNodeExchangeStatus', reservedNodeExchangeStatus_targetReservedNodeCount - The count of target reserved nodes in the cluster.
$sel:targetReservedNodeOfferingId:ReservedNodeExchangeStatus', reservedNodeExchangeStatus_targetReservedNodeOfferingId - The identifier of the target reserved node offering.
$sel:targetReservedNodeType:ReservedNodeExchangeStatus', reservedNodeExchangeStatus_targetReservedNodeType - The node type of the target reserved node, for example ra3.4xlarge.
ReservedNodeOffering
data ReservedNodeOffering Source #
Describes a reserved node offering.
See: newReservedNodeOffering smart constructor.
Constructors
| ReservedNodeOffering' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Double) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [RecurringCharge]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ReservedNodeOfferingType) (Maybe Double) |
Instances
newReservedNodeOffering :: ReservedNodeOffering Source #
Create a value of ReservedNodeOffering with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:currencyCode:ReservedNodeOffering', reservedNodeOffering_currencyCode - The currency code for the compute nodes offering.
$sel:duration:ReservedNodeOffering', reservedNodeOffering_duration - The duration, in seconds, for which the offering will reserve the node.
$sel:fixedPrice:ReservedNodeOffering', reservedNodeOffering_fixedPrice - The upfront fixed charge you will pay to purchase the specific reserved
node offering.
$sel:nodeType:ReservedNodeOffering', reservedNodeOffering_nodeType - The node type offered by the reserved node offering.
$sel:offeringType:ReservedNodeOffering', reservedNodeOffering_offeringType - The anticipated utilization of the reserved node, as defined in the
reserved node offering.
$sel:recurringCharges:ReservedNodeOffering', reservedNodeOffering_recurringCharges - The charge to your account regardless of whether you are creating any
clusters using the node offering. Recurring charges are only in effect
for heavy-utilization reserved nodes.
$sel:reservedNodeOfferingId:ReservedNodeOffering', reservedNodeOffering_reservedNodeOfferingId - The offering identifier.
$sel:reservedNodeOfferingType:ReservedNodeOffering', reservedNodeOffering_reservedNodeOfferingType -
$sel:usagePrice:ReservedNodeOffering', reservedNodeOffering_usagePrice - The rate you are charged for each hour the cluster that is using the
offering is running.
ResizeClusterMessage
data ResizeClusterMessage Source #
Describes a resize cluster operation. For example, a scheduled action to
run the ResizeCluster API operation.
See: newResizeClusterMessage smart constructor.
Constructors
| ResizeClusterMessage' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) Text |
Instances
newResizeClusterMessage Source #
Create a value of ResizeClusterMessage with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:classic:ResizeClusterMessage', resizeClusterMessage_classic - A boolean value indicating whether the resize operation is using the
classic resize process. If you don't provide this parameter or set the
value to false, the resize type is elastic.
$sel:clusterType:ResizeClusterMessage', resizeClusterMessage_clusterType - The new cluster type for the specified cluster.
$sel:nodeType:ResizeClusterMessage', resizeClusterMessage_nodeType - The new node type for the nodes you are adding. If not specified, the
cluster's current node type is used.
$sel:numberOfNodes:ResizeClusterMessage', resizeClusterMessage_numberOfNodes - The new number of nodes for the cluster. If not specified, the
cluster's current number of nodes is used.
$sel:reservedNodeId:ResizeClusterMessage', resizeClusterMessage_reservedNodeId - The identifier of the reserved node.
$sel:targetReservedNodeOfferingId:ResizeClusterMessage', resizeClusterMessage_targetReservedNodeOfferingId - The identifier of the target reserved node offering.
$sel:clusterIdentifier:ResizeClusterMessage', resizeClusterMessage_clusterIdentifier - The unique identifier for the cluster to resize.
ResizeInfo
data ResizeInfo Source #
Describes a resize operation.
See: newResizeInfo smart constructor.
Constructors
| ResizeInfo' (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newResizeInfo :: ResizeInfo Source #
Create a value of ResizeInfo with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:allowCancelResize:ResizeInfo', resizeInfo_allowCancelResize - A boolean value indicating if the resize operation can be cancelled.
$sel:resizeType:ResizeInfo', resizeInfo_resizeType - Returns the value ClassicResize.
ResizeProgressMessage
data ResizeProgressMessage Source #
Describes the result of a cluster resize operation.
See: newResizeProgressMessage smart constructor.
Constructors
| ResizeProgressMessage' (Maybe Double) (Maybe Double) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Integer) |
Instances
newResizeProgressMessage :: ResizeProgressMessage Source #
Create a value of ResizeProgressMessage with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:avgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_avgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond - The average rate of the resize operation over the last few minutes,
measured in megabytes per second. After the resize operation completes,
this value shows the average rate of the entire resize operation.
$sel:dataTransferProgressPercent:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_dataTransferProgressPercent - The percent of data transferred from source cluster to target cluster.
$sel:elapsedTimeInSeconds:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_elapsedTimeInSeconds - The amount of seconds that have elapsed since the resize operation
began. After the resize operation completes, this value shows the total
actual time, in seconds, for the resize operation.
$sel:estimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_estimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds - The estimated time remaining, in seconds, until the resize operation is
complete. This value is calculated based on the average resize rate and
the estimated amount of data remaining to be processed. Once the resize
operation is complete, this value will be 0.
$sel:importTablesCompleted:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_importTablesCompleted - The names of tables that have been completely imported .
Valid Values: List of table names.
$sel:importTablesInProgress:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_importTablesInProgress - The names of tables that are being currently imported.
Valid Values: List of table names.
$sel:importTablesNotStarted:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_importTablesNotStarted - The names of tables that have not been yet imported.
Valid Values: List of table names
$sel:message:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_message - An optional string to provide additional details about the resize
action.
$sel:progressInMegaBytes:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_progressInMegaBytes - While the resize operation is in progress, this value shows the current
amount of data, in megabytes, that has been processed so far. When the
resize operation is complete, this value shows the total amount of data,
in megabytes, on the cluster, which may be more or less than
TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes (the estimated total amount of data before
resize).
$sel:resizeType:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_resizeType - An enum with possible values of ClassicResize and ElasticResize.
These values describe the type of resize operation being performed.
$sel:status:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_status - The status of the resize operation.
Valid Values: NONE | IN_PROGRESS | FAILED | SUCCEEDED |
CANCELLING
$sel:targetClusterType:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_targetClusterType - The cluster type after the resize operation is complete.
Valid Values: multi-node | single-node
$sel:targetEncryptionType:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_targetEncryptionType - The type of encryption for the cluster after the resize is complete.
Possible values are KMS and None.
$sel:targetNodeType:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_targetNodeType - The node type that the cluster will have after the resize operation is
complete.
$sel:targetNumberOfNodes:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_targetNumberOfNodes - The number of nodes that the cluster will have after the resize
operation is complete.
$sel:totalResizeDataInMegaBytes:ResizeProgressMessage', resizeProgressMessage_totalResizeDataInMegaBytes - The estimated total amount of data, in megabytes, on the cluster before
the resize operation began.
RestoreStatus
data RestoreStatus Source #
Describes the status of a cluster restore action. Returns null if the cluster was not created by restoring a snapshot.
See: newRestoreStatus smart constructor.
Constructors
| RestoreStatus' (Maybe Double) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newRestoreStatus :: RestoreStatus Source #
Create a value of RestoreStatus with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:currentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond:RestoreStatus', restoreStatus_currentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond - The number of megabytes per second being transferred from the backup
storage. Returns the average rate for a completed backup. This field is
only updated when you restore to DC2 and DS2 node types.
$sel:elapsedTimeInSeconds:RestoreStatus', restoreStatus_elapsedTimeInSeconds - The amount of time an in-progress restore has been running, or the
amount of time it took a completed restore to finish. This field is only
updated when you restore to DC2 and DS2 node types.
$sel:estimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds:RestoreStatus', restoreStatus_estimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds - The estimate of the time remaining before the restore will complete.
Returns 0 for a completed restore. This field is only updated when you
restore to DC2 and DS2 node types.
$sel:progressInMegaBytes:RestoreStatus', restoreStatus_progressInMegaBytes - The number of megabytes that have been transferred from snapshot
storage. This field is only updated when you restore to DC2 and DS2 node
types.
$sel:snapshotSizeInMegaBytes:RestoreStatus', restoreStatus_snapshotSizeInMegaBytes - The size of the set of snapshot data used to restore the cluster. This
field is only updated when you restore to DC2 and DS2 node types.
$sel:status:RestoreStatus', restoreStatus_status - The status of the restore action. Returns starting, restoring,
completed, or failed.
ResumeClusterMessage
data ResumeClusterMessage Source #
Describes a resume cluster operation. For example, a scheduled action to
run the ResumeCluster API operation.
See: newResumeClusterMessage smart constructor.
Constructors
| ResumeClusterMessage' Text |
Instances
newResumeClusterMessage Source #
Create a value of ResumeClusterMessage with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clusterIdentifier:ResumeClusterMessage', resumeClusterMessage_clusterIdentifier - The identifier of the cluster to be resumed.
RevisionTarget
data RevisionTarget Source #
Describes a RevisionTarget.
See: newRevisionTarget smart constructor.
Instances
newRevisionTarget :: RevisionTarget Source #
Create a value of RevisionTarget with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:databaseRevision:RevisionTarget', revisionTarget_databaseRevision - A unique string that identifies the version to update the cluster to.
You can use this value in ModifyClusterDbRevision.
$sel:databaseRevisionReleaseDate:RevisionTarget', revisionTarget_databaseRevisionReleaseDate - The date on which the database revision was released.
$sel:description:RevisionTarget', revisionTarget_description - A string that describes the changes and features that will be applied to
the cluster when it is updated to the corresponding ClusterDbRevision.
ScheduledAction
data ScheduledAction Source #
Describes a scheduled action. You can use a scheduled action to trigger some Amazon Redshift API operations on a schedule. For information about which API operations can be scheduled, see ScheduledActionType.
See: newScheduledAction smart constructor.
Constructors
| ScheduledAction' (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [ISO8601]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe ScheduledActionState) (Maybe ScheduledActionType) |
Instances
newScheduledAction :: ScheduledAction Source #
Create a value of ScheduledAction with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:endTime:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_endTime - The end time in UTC when the schedule is no longer active. After this
time, the scheduled action does not trigger.
$sel:iamRole:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_iamRole - The IAM role to assume to run the scheduled action. This IAM role must
have permission to run the Amazon Redshift API operation in the
scheduled action. This IAM role must allow the Amazon Redshift scheduler
(Principal scheduler.redshift.amazonaws.com) to assume permissions on
your behalf. For more information about the IAM role to use with the
Amazon Redshift scheduler, see
Using Identity-Based Policies for Amazon Redshift
in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
$sel:nextInvocations:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_nextInvocations - List of times when the scheduled action will run.
$sel:schedule:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_schedule - The schedule for a one-time (at format) or recurring (cron format)
scheduled action. Schedule invocations must be separated by at least one
hour.
Format of at expressions is "at(yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss)". For example,
"at(2016-03-04T17:27:00)".
Format of cron expressions is
"cron(Minutes Hours Day-of-month Month Day-of-week Year)". For
example, "cron(0 10 ? * MON *)". For more information, see
Cron Expressions
in the Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide.
$sel:scheduledActionDescription:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_scheduledActionDescription - The description of the scheduled action.
$sel:scheduledActionName:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_scheduledActionName - The name of the scheduled action.
$sel:startTime:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_startTime - The start time in UTC when the schedule is active. Before this time, the
scheduled action does not trigger.
$sel:state:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_state - The state of the scheduled action. For example, DISABLED.
$sel:targetAction:ScheduledAction', scheduledAction_targetAction - A JSON format string of the Amazon Redshift API operation with input
parameters.
"{\"ResizeCluster\":{\"NodeType\":\"ds2.8xlarge\",\"ClusterIdentifier\":\"my-test-cluster\",\"NumberOfNodes\":3}}".
ScheduledActionFilter
data ScheduledActionFilter Source #
A set of elements to filter the returned scheduled actions.
See: newScheduledActionFilter smart constructor.
Constructors
| ScheduledActionFilter' ScheduledActionFilterName [Text] |
Instances
newScheduledActionFilter Source #
Create a value of ScheduledActionFilter with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:name:ScheduledActionFilter', scheduledActionFilter_name - The type of element to filter.
$sel:values:ScheduledActionFilter', scheduledActionFilter_values - List of values. Compare if the value (of type defined by Name) equals
an item in the list of scheduled actions.
ScheduledActionType
data ScheduledActionType Source #
The action type that specifies an Amazon Redshift API operation that is supported by the Amazon Redshift scheduler.
See: newScheduledActionType smart constructor.
Constructors
| ScheduledActionType' (Maybe PauseClusterMessage) (Maybe ResizeClusterMessage) (Maybe ResumeClusterMessage) |
Instances
newScheduledActionType :: ScheduledActionType Source #
Create a value of ScheduledActionType with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:pauseCluster:ScheduledActionType', scheduledActionType_pauseCluster - An action that runs a PauseCluster API operation.
$sel:resizeCluster:ScheduledActionType', scheduledActionType_resizeCluster - An action that runs a ResizeCluster API operation.
$sel:resumeCluster:ScheduledActionType', scheduledActionType_resumeCluster - An action that runs a ResumeCluster API operation.
Snapshot
Describes a snapshot.
See: newSnapshot smart constructor.
Constructors
| Snapshot' (Maybe [AccountWithRestoreAccess]) (Maybe Double) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Double) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Double) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Bool) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Int) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Tag]) (Maybe Double) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newSnapshot :: Snapshot Source #
Create a value of Snapshot with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:accountsWithRestoreAccess:Snapshot', snapshot_accountsWithRestoreAccess - A list of the Amazon Web Services accounts authorized to restore the
snapshot. Returns null if no accounts are authorized. Visible only to
the snapshot owner.
$sel:actualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes:Snapshot', snapshot_actualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes - The size of the incremental backup.
$sel:availabilityZone:Snapshot', snapshot_availabilityZone - The Availability Zone in which the cluster was created.
$sel:backupProgressInMegaBytes:Snapshot', snapshot_backupProgressInMegaBytes - The number of megabytes that have been transferred to the snapshot
backup.
$sel:clusterCreateTime:Snapshot', snapshot_clusterCreateTime - The time (UTC) when the cluster was originally created.
$sel:clusterIdentifier:Snapshot', snapshot_clusterIdentifier - The identifier of the cluster for which the snapshot was taken.
$sel:clusterVersion:Snapshot', snapshot_clusterVersion - The version ID of the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the
cluster.
$sel:currentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond:Snapshot', snapshot_currentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond - The number of megabytes per second being transferred to the snapshot
backup. Returns 0 for a completed backup.
$sel:dbName:Snapshot', snapshot_dbName - The name of the database that was created when the cluster was created.
$sel:elapsedTimeInSeconds:Snapshot', snapshot_elapsedTimeInSeconds - The amount of time an in-progress snapshot backup has been running, or
the amount of time it took a completed backup to finish.
$sel:encrypted:Snapshot', snapshot_encrypted - If true, the data in the snapshot is encrypted at rest.
$sel:encryptedWithHSM:Snapshot', snapshot_encryptedWithHSM - A boolean that indicates whether the snapshot data is encrypted using
the HSM keys of the source cluster. true indicates that the data is
encrypted using HSM keys.
$sel:engineFullVersion:Snapshot', snapshot_engineFullVersion - The cluster version of the cluster used to create the snapshot. For
example, 1.0.15503.
$sel:enhancedVpcRouting:Snapshot', snapshot_enhancedVpcRouting - An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see
Enhanced VPC Routing
in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
Default: false
$sel:estimatedSecondsToCompletion:Snapshot', snapshot_estimatedSecondsToCompletion - The estimate of the time remaining before the snapshot backup will
complete. Returns 0 for a completed backup.
$sel:kmsKeyId:Snapshot', snapshot_kmsKeyId - The Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that was
used to encrypt data in the cluster from which the snapshot was taken.
$sel:maintenanceTrackName:Snapshot', snapshot_maintenanceTrackName - The name of the maintenance track for the snapshot.
$sel:manualSnapshotRemainingDays:Snapshot', snapshot_manualSnapshotRemainingDays - The number of days until a manual snapshot will pass its retention
period.
$sel:manualSnapshotRetentionPeriod:Snapshot', snapshot_manualSnapshotRetentionPeriod - The number of days that a manual snapshot is retained. If the value is
-1, the manual snapshot is retained indefinitely.
The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
$sel:masterUsername:Snapshot', snapshot_masterUsername - The admin user name for the cluster.
$sel:nodeType:Snapshot', snapshot_nodeType - The node type of the nodes in the cluster.
$sel:numberOfNodes:Snapshot', snapshot_numberOfNodes - The number of nodes in the cluster.
$sel:ownerAccount:Snapshot', snapshot_ownerAccount - For manual snapshots, the Amazon Web Services account used to create or
copy the snapshot. For automatic snapshots, the owner of the cluster.
The owner can perform all snapshot actions, such as sharing a manual
snapshot.
$sel:port:Snapshot', snapshot_port - The port that the cluster is listening on.
$sel:restorableNodeTypes:Snapshot', snapshot_restorableNodeTypes - The list of node types that this cluster snapshot is able to restore
into.
$sel:snapshotCreateTime:Snapshot', snapshot_snapshotCreateTime - The time (in UTC format) when Amazon Redshift began the snapshot. A
snapshot contains a copy of the cluster data as of this exact time.
$sel:snapshotIdentifier:Snapshot', snapshot_snapshotIdentifier - The snapshot identifier that is provided in the request.
$sel:snapshotRetentionStartTime:Snapshot', snapshot_snapshotRetentionStartTime - A timestamp representing the start of the retention period for the
snapshot.
$sel:snapshotType:Snapshot', snapshot_snapshotType - The snapshot type. Snapshots created using CreateClusterSnapshot and
CopyClusterSnapshot are of type "manual".
$sel:sourceRegion:Snapshot', snapshot_sourceRegion - The source region from which the snapshot was copied.
$sel:status:Snapshot', snapshot_status - The snapshot status. The value of the status depends on the API
operation used:
- CreateClusterSnapshot and CopyClusterSnapshot returns status as "creating".
- DescribeClusterSnapshots returns status as "creating", "available", "final snapshot", or "failed".
- DeleteClusterSnapshot returns status as "deleted".
$sel:tags:Snapshot', snapshot_tags - The list of tags for the cluster snapshot.
$sel:totalBackupSizeInMegaBytes:Snapshot', snapshot_totalBackupSizeInMegaBytes - The size of the complete set of backup data that would be used to
restore the cluster.
$sel:vpcId:Snapshot', snapshot_vpcId - The VPC identifier of the cluster if the snapshot is from a cluster in a
VPC. Otherwise, this field is not in the output.
SnapshotCopyGrant
data SnapshotCopyGrant Source #
The snapshot copy grant that grants Amazon Redshift permission to encrypt copied snapshots with the specified encrypted symmetric key from Amazon Web Services KMS in the destination region.
For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon Redshift Database Encryption in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
See: newSnapshotCopyGrant smart constructor.
Instances
newSnapshotCopyGrant :: SnapshotCopyGrant Source #
Create a value of SnapshotCopyGrant with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:kmsKeyId:SnapshotCopyGrant', snapshotCopyGrant_kmsKeyId - The unique identifier of the encrypted symmetric key in Amazon Web
Services KMS to which Amazon Redshift is granted permission.
$sel:snapshotCopyGrantName:SnapshotCopyGrant', snapshotCopyGrant_snapshotCopyGrantName - The name of the snapshot copy grant.
$sel:tags:SnapshotCopyGrant', snapshotCopyGrant_tags - A list of tag instances.
SnapshotErrorMessage
data SnapshotErrorMessage Source #
Describes the errors returned by a snapshot.
See: newSnapshotErrorMessage smart constructor.
Instances
newSnapshotErrorMessage :: SnapshotErrorMessage Source #
Create a value of SnapshotErrorMessage with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:failureCode:SnapshotErrorMessage', snapshotErrorMessage_failureCode - The failure code for the error.
$sel:failureReason:SnapshotErrorMessage', snapshotErrorMessage_failureReason - The text message describing the error.
$sel:snapshotClusterIdentifier:SnapshotErrorMessage', snapshotErrorMessage_snapshotClusterIdentifier - A unique identifier for the cluster.
$sel:snapshotIdentifier:SnapshotErrorMessage', snapshotErrorMessage_snapshotIdentifier - A unique identifier for the snapshot returning the error.
SnapshotSchedule
data SnapshotSchedule Source #
Describes a snapshot schedule. You can set a regular interval for creating snapshots of a cluster. You can also schedule snapshots for specific dates.
See: newSnapshotSchedule smart constructor.
Constructors
| SnapshotSchedule' (Maybe Int) (Maybe [ClusterAssociatedToSchedule]) (Maybe [ISO8601]) (Maybe [Text]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [Tag]) |
Instances
newSnapshotSchedule :: SnapshotSchedule Source #
Create a value of SnapshotSchedule with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:associatedClusterCount:SnapshotSchedule', snapshotSchedule_associatedClusterCount - The number of clusters associated with the schedule.
$sel:associatedClusters:SnapshotSchedule', snapshotSchedule_associatedClusters - A list of clusters associated with the schedule. A maximum of 100
clusters is returned.
$sel:nextInvocations:SnapshotSchedule', snapshotSchedule_nextInvocations -
$sel:scheduleDefinitions:SnapshotSchedule', snapshotSchedule_scheduleDefinitions - A list of ScheduleDefinitions.
$sel:scheduleDescription:SnapshotSchedule', snapshotSchedule_scheduleDescription - The description of the schedule.
$sel:scheduleIdentifier:SnapshotSchedule', snapshotSchedule_scheduleIdentifier - A unique identifier for the schedule.
$sel:tags:SnapshotSchedule', snapshotSchedule_tags - An optional set of tags describing the schedule.
SnapshotSortingEntity
data SnapshotSortingEntity Source #
Describes a sorting entity
See: newSnapshotSortingEntity smart constructor.
Constructors
| SnapshotSortingEntity' (Maybe SortByOrder) SnapshotAttributeToSortBy |
Instances
newSnapshotSortingEntity Source #
Create a value of SnapshotSortingEntity with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:sortOrder:SnapshotSortingEntity', snapshotSortingEntity_sortOrder - The order for listing the attributes.
$sel:attribute:SnapshotSortingEntity', snapshotSortingEntity_attribute - The category for sorting the snapshots.
Subnet
Describes a subnet.
See: newSubnet smart constructor.
Instances
| FromXML Subnet Source # | |
| Generic Subnet Source # | |
| Read Subnet Source # | |
| Show Subnet Source # | |
| NFData Subnet Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.Types.Subnet | |
| Eq Subnet Source # | |
| Hashable Subnet Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.Types.Subnet | |
| type Rep Subnet Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.Types.Subnet type Rep Subnet = D1 ('MetaData "Subnet" "Amazonka.Redshift.Types.Subnet" "amazonka-redshift-2.0-4tocKxBWIuj2GdXa6djdUl" 'False) (C1 ('MetaCons "Subnet'" 'PrefixI 'True) (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "subnetAvailabilityZone") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe AvailabilityZone)) :*: (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "subnetIdentifier") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text)) :*: S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "subnetStatus") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text))))) | |
Create a value of Subnet with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:subnetAvailabilityZone:Subnet', subnet_subnetAvailabilityZone -
$sel:subnetIdentifier:Subnet', subnet_subnetIdentifier - The identifier of the subnet.
$sel:subnetStatus:Subnet', subnet_subnetStatus - The status of the subnet.
SupportedOperation
data SupportedOperation Source #
Describes the operations that are allowed on a maintenance track.
See: newSupportedOperation smart constructor.
Constructors
| SupportedOperation' (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newSupportedOperation :: SupportedOperation Source #
Create a value of SupportedOperation with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:operationName:SupportedOperation', supportedOperation_operationName - A list of the supported operations.
SupportedPlatform
data SupportedPlatform Source #
A list of supported platforms for orderable clusters.
See: newSupportedPlatform smart constructor.
Constructors
| SupportedPlatform' (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newSupportedPlatform :: SupportedPlatform Source #
Create a value of SupportedPlatform with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
TableRestoreStatus
data TableRestoreStatus Source #
Describes the status of a RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot operation.
See: newTableRestoreStatus smart constructor.
Constructors
| TableRestoreStatus' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Integer) (Maybe ISO8601) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe TableRestoreStatusType) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Integer) |
Instances
newTableRestoreStatus :: TableRestoreStatus Source #
Create a value of TableRestoreStatus with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:clusterIdentifier:TableRestoreStatus', tableRestoreStatus_clusterIdentifier - The identifier of the Amazon Redshift cluster that the table is being
restored to.
$sel:message:TableRestoreStatus', tableRestoreStatus_message - A description of the status of the table restore request. Status values
include SUCCEEDED, FAILED, CANCELED, PENDING, IN_PROGRESS.
$sel:newTableName':TableRestoreStatus', tableRestoreStatus_newTableName - The name of the table to create as a result of the table restore
request.
$sel:progressInMegaBytes:TableRestoreStatus', tableRestoreStatus_progressInMegaBytes - The amount of data restored to the new table so far, in megabytes (MB).
$sel:requestTime:TableRestoreStatus', tableRestoreStatus_requestTime - The time that the table restore request was made, in Universal
Coordinated Time (UTC).
$sel:snapshotIdentifier:TableRestoreStatus', tableRestoreStatus_snapshotIdentifier - The identifier of the snapshot that the table is being restored from.
$sel:sourceDatabaseName:TableRestoreStatus', tableRestoreStatus_sourceDatabaseName - The name of the source database that contains the table being restored.
$sel:sourceSchemaName:TableRestoreStatus', tableRestoreStatus_sourceSchemaName - The name of the source schema that contains the table being restored.
$sel:sourceTableName:TableRestoreStatus', tableRestoreStatus_sourceTableName - The name of the source table being restored.
$sel:status:TableRestoreStatus', tableRestoreStatus_status - A value that describes the current state of the table restore request.
Valid Values: SUCCEEDED, FAILED, CANCELED, PENDING,
IN_PROGRESS
$sel:tableRestoreRequestId:TableRestoreStatus', tableRestoreStatus_tableRestoreRequestId - The unique identifier for the table restore request.
$sel:targetDatabaseName:TableRestoreStatus', tableRestoreStatus_targetDatabaseName - The name of the database to restore the table to.
$sel:targetSchemaName:TableRestoreStatus', tableRestoreStatus_targetSchemaName - The name of the schema to restore the table to.
$sel:totalDataInMegaBytes:TableRestoreStatus', tableRestoreStatus_totalDataInMegaBytes - The total amount of data to restore to the new table, in megabytes (MB).
Tag
A tag consisting of a name/value pair for a resource.
See: newTag smart constructor.
Instances
| ToQuery Tag Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.Types.Tag Methods toQuery :: Tag -> QueryString # | |
| FromXML Tag Source # | |
| Generic Tag Source # | |
| Read Tag Source # | |
| Show Tag Source # | |
| NFData Tag Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.Types.Tag | |
| Eq Tag Source # | |
| Hashable Tag Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.Types.Tag | |
| type Rep Tag Source # | |
Defined in Amazonka.Redshift.Types.Tag type Rep Tag = D1 ('MetaData "Tag" "Amazonka.Redshift.Types.Tag" "amazonka-redshift-2.0-4tocKxBWIuj2GdXa6djdUl" 'False) (C1 ('MetaCons "Tag'" 'PrefixI 'True) (S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "key") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text)) :*: S1 ('MetaSel ('Just "value") 'NoSourceUnpackedness 'NoSourceStrictness 'DecidedStrict) (Rec0 (Maybe Text)))) | |
Create a value of Tag with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:key:Tag', tag_key - The key, or name, for the resource tag.
$sel:value:Tag', tag_value - The value for the resource tag.
TaggedResource
data TaggedResource Source #
A tag and its associated resource.
See: newTaggedResource smart constructor.
Instances
newTaggedResource :: TaggedResource Source #
Create a value of TaggedResource with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:resourceName:TaggedResource', taggedResource_resourceName - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) with which the tag is associated, for
example: arn:aws:redshift:us-east-2:123456789:cluster:t1.
$sel:resourceType:TaggedResource', taggedResource_resourceType - The type of resource with which the tag is associated. Valid resource
types are:
- Cluster
- CIDR/IP
- EC2 security group
- Snapshot
- Cluster security group
- Subnet group
- HSM connection
- HSM certificate
- Parameter group
For more information about Amazon Redshift resource types and constructing ARNs, go to Constructing an Amazon Redshift Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
$sel:tag:TaggedResource', taggedResource_tag - The tag for the resource.
UpdateTarget
data UpdateTarget Source #
A maintenance track that you can switch the current track to.
See: newUpdateTarget smart constructor.
Constructors
| UpdateTarget' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) (Maybe [SupportedOperation]) |
Instances
newUpdateTarget :: UpdateTarget Source #
Create a value of UpdateTarget with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:databaseVersion:UpdateTarget', updateTarget_databaseVersion - The cluster version for the new maintenance track.
$sel:maintenanceTrackName:UpdateTarget', updateTarget_maintenanceTrackName - The name of the new maintenance track.
$sel:supportedOperations:UpdateTarget', updateTarget_supportedOperations - A list of operations supported by the maintenance track.
UsageLimit
data UsageLimit Source #
Describes a usage limit object for a cluster.
See: newUsageLimit smart constructor.
Constructors
| UsageLimit' (Maybe Integer) (Maybe UsageLimitBreachAction) (Maybe Text) (Maybe UsageLimitFeatureType) (Maybe UsageLimitLimitType) (Maybe UsageLimitPeriod) (Maybe [Tag]) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newUsageLimit :: UsageLimit Source #
Create a value of UsageLimit with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:amount:UsageLimit', usageLimit_amount - The limit amount. If time-based, this amount is in minutes. If
data-based, this amount is in terabytes (TB).
$sel:breachAction:UsageLimit', usageLimit_breachAction - The action that Amazon Redshift takes when the limit is reached.
Possible values are:
- log - To log an event in a system table. The default is log.
- emit-metric - To emit CloudWatch metrics.
- disable - To disable the feature until the next usage period begins.
$sel:clusterIdentifier:UsageLimit', usageLimit_clusterIdentifier - The identifier of the cluster with a usage limit.
$sel:featureType:UsageLimit', usageLimit_featureType - The Amazon Redshift feature to which the limit applies.
$sel:limitType:UsageLimit', usageLimit_limitType - The type of limit. Depending on the feature type, this can be based on a
time duration or data size.
$sel:period:UsageLimit', usageLimit_period - The time period that the amount applies to. A weekly period begins on
Sunday. The default is monthly.
$sel:tags:UsageLimit', usageLimit_tags - A list of tag instances.
$sel:usageLimitId:UsageLimit', usageLimit_usageLimitId - The identifier of the usage limit.
VpcEndpoint
data VpcEndpoint Source #
The connection endpoint for connecting to an Amazon Redshift cluster through the proxy.
See: newVpcEndpoint smart constructor.
Constructors
| VpcEndpoint' (Maybe [NetworkInterface]) (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newVpcEndpoint :: VpcEndpoint Source #
Create a value of VpcEndpoint with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:networkInterfaces:VpcEndpoint', vpcEndpoint_networkInterfaces - One or more network interfaces of the endpoint. Also known as an
interface endpoint.
$sel:vpcEndpointId:VpcEndpoint', vpcEndpoint_vpcEndpointId - The connection endpoint ID for connecting an Amazon Redshift cluster
through the proxy.
$sel:vpcId:VpcEndpoint', vpcEndpoint_vpcId - The VPC identifier that the endpoint is associated.
VpcSecurityGroupMembership
data VpcSecurityGroupMembership Source #
Describes the members of a VPC security group.
See: newVpcSecurityGroupMembership smart constructor.
Constructors
| VpcSecurityGroupMembership' (Maybe Text) (Maybe Text) |
Instances
newVpcSecurityGroupMembership :: VpcSecurityGroupMembership Source #
Create a value of VpcSecurityGroupMembership with all optional fields omitted.
Use generic-lens or optics to modify other optional fields.
The following record fields are available, with the corresponding lenses provided for backwards compatibility:
$sel:status:VpcSecurityGroupMembership', vpcSecurityGroupMembership_status - The status of the VPC security group.
$sel:vpcSecurityGroupId:VpcSecurityGroupMembership', vpcSecurityGroupMembership_vpcSecurityGroupId - The identifier of the VPC security group.